GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS INC
10-K, 1996-03-29
RADIO & TV BROADCASTING & COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
Previous: NYLIFE GOVERNMENT MORTGAGE PLUS LTD PARTNERSHIP, 10-K, 1996-03-29
Next: EUROPA CRUISES CORP, NT 10-K, 1996-03-29




                          ===========================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark One)

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

                                       OR

[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

For the transition period from ________________ to  ________________

                         Commission file number 0-17581

                           GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                Delaware                                22-2358635
       (State of Incorporation)            (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


       20 Craig Road, Montvale, New Jersey              07645
       (Address of principal executive offices)       (Zip Code)


Registrant's  telephone number,  including area code: (201) 930-9305  

Securities registered  pursuant to Section  12(b) of the Act:  None  

Securities  registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value
                          -----------------------------
                                (Title of class)

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  Registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES X  NO__

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Registration S-K is not contained herein,  and will not be contained,  to
the  best  of  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or amendment
to this Form 10-K. [X]

     Based on the  average  price bid for the  Registrant's  Common  Stock as of
March  25,  1996,  the  aggregate  market  value  of the  voting  stock  held by
non-affiliates   of  the   Registrant   as  of  such   date  was   approximately
$503,211,000.

     As  of  March  25,  1996,  the   number  of   outstanding   shares  of  the
Registrant's Common Stock was approximately 56,774,000.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Part III of this Form 10-K  incorporates by reference  information from the
Registrant's  Proxy  Statement  to be filed in  connection  with its 1996 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders.

                   ==========================================
<PAGE>

                           GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                    FORM 10-K
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----

                                     PART I
  Item 1.  BUSINESS...........................................................1
  Item 2.  PROPERTIES........................................................18
  Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.................................................19
  Item 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE 
             OF SECURITY HOLDERS.............................................19
  Item A.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS................................................20

                                     PART II
  Item 5.  MARKET PRICE FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND
             RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.....................................22
  Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA...........................................23
  Item 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
             CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.............................24
  Item 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.......................34
  Item 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
             ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.............................36

                                    PART III

  ITEMS 10,  11,  12 AND 13  (EXCEPT  FOR THE  INFORMATION  REGARDING  EXECUTIVE
  OFFICERS  CALLED FOR BY ITEM 10, WHICH IS INCLUDED IN PART I HEREOF AS ITEM A)
  ARE  INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM THE COMPANY'S  DEFINITIVE  PROXY STATEMENT
  FOR ITS 1996 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS.

                                     PART IV
  Item 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE, 
           AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K...........................................36


              CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE SAFE HARBOR
       PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

     This report  contains  certain  "forward-looking"  statements.  The Company
desires to take  advantage of the new "safe  harbor"  provisions  of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this statement for the
express  purpose of availing  itself of the protections of such safe harbor with
respect to all of such forward-looking  statements.  Examples of forward-looking
statements  contained herein include the Company's  projections with respect to:
(a) the  commercial  implementation  of GEONET and the timing of the roll-out of
GEONET;  (b) the procurement of radio spectrum and  transmission  sites; (c) the
Company's future financial results,  capital needs and sources of financing; and
(d) the  effect of  certain  legislation  and  governmental  regulations  on the
Company.  The  Company's  ability to predict  any such  projected  results or to
predict the effect of any  legislation  or other pending events on the Company's
operating  results is inherently  uncertain.  Therefore,  the Company  wishes to
caution  each reader of this report to carefully  consider the specific  factors
discussed  with such  forward-looking  statements  as such factors in some cases
have affected, and in the future (together with other factors) could affect, the
ability of the Company to achieve  its  projected  results and may cause  actual
results to differ materially from those expressed herein.

<PAGE>

                                     PART I

Item 1.   BUSINESS

     Geotek  Communications,  Inc. (the "Company" or the "Registrant"),  through
its subsidiaries,  currently provides  specialized mobile radio ("SMR") services
in the United States,  the United  Kingdom and Germany.  Since 1992, the Company
has devoted substantial financial and management resources to the development of
a  low  cost,   high  quality   integrated   digital  voice  and  data  wireless
communications  network  known as  GEONET(TM).  The  Company  intends  to deploy
GEONET(TM)  in a  total  of 36  markets  by the end of  1997.  The  Company  has
acquired,  and intends to  continue  acquiring,  900 MHz SMR  licenses in cities
throughout the United States and to make strategic  acquisitions of spectrum and
operating  networks  worldwide.  The Company also intends to continue to develop
technology,  equipment and software  which support its GEONET(TM)  network.  The
Company  also is  engaged  in the  development,  manufacture  and  marketing  of
communications   products   through   its   majority-owned   subsidiary,   Bogen
Communications   International,   Inc.  ("BCI").   The  Company  is  a  Delaware
corporation  whose  principal  executive  offices  are  located at 20 Craig Road
Montvale, New Jersey 07645 and its telephone number is (201) 930-9305.

Wireless Communications Activities

Overview

     The Company  currently  provides  analog SMR services in the United Kingdom
and Germany to approximately  72,600 subscribers.  The Company started providing
commercial   digital  voice   communication   services  through   GEONET(TM)  in
Philadelphia  in January 1996, in  Washington,  D.C.  and  Baltimore in February
1996,  and in New  York  City in March  1996.  The  Company  intends  to  deploy
GEONET(TM) in a number of other cities in the United States, including New York,
Boston, Miami and Dallas by the Summer of 1996 and in over 35 markets by the end
of 1997. Each market will consist of a major U.S. city and its surrounding area.
In certain markets, the Company also intends to offer its services regionally.

     The Company's strategy is to differentiate its services from those of other
wireless communications  providers.  Specifically,  the Company's strategy is to
(i) target a niche market of small- to  medium-sized  mobile  business  users in
metropolitan  markets  throughout  the United  States;  (ii) provide  meaningful
product  differentiation  by  offering a wide  array of  digital  voice and data
communications  services  through an  integrated  subscriber  unit that has been
specifically  designed for its mobile business users;  (iii) emphasize  customer
relationships  through a strong dealer  network and dedicated  customer  service
representatives;  and (iv)  exploit  the low  cost  advantages  inherent  in its
proprietary FHMA(TM) technology.

     The Company is currently offering  commercial digital voice  communications
services  to  business   users   through   GEONET(TM).   These   digital   voice
communications  services  will be expanded to enable  users to access both their
internal  phone network and the general public  switched  network (the latter of
which  services  is  currently  available).  The  Company  expects to expand its
service offerings to include data services,  including messaging, data dispatch,
automatic  vehicle location and mobile data.  Mobile data service offerings will
permit such  applications as credit card  authorization,  inventory  management,
automated order entry, access to electronic  mailboxes,  facsimile retrieval and
transmission  and  interconnection  to both a user's  internal  databases and to
publicly  available  databases  and  networks.  It is expected  that all of such
mobile data services  will be offered by the Company  later in 1996.  GEONET(TM)
will also permit advanced fleet  management  whereby  businesses will be able to
configure their mobile

                                       1
<PAGE>

workforces  into,  and  conduct  private   conversations  within,  a  number  or
combination of subfleets.  Moreover, businesses will be able to select different
communications  capabilities  for each  subfleet,  depending on each  subfleet's
particular needs.

     The Company will make  continuing  hardware and  software  enhancements  to
GEONET(TM) during and after the system's commercial  roll-out.  For example, the
Company must  integrate  the initial  GEONET(TM)  data  applications,  which are
expected to be completed in the first half of 1996, with the initial  GEONET(TM)
voice applications. Subsequent applications also will need to be integrated with
existing  GEONET(TM)  applications.  There can be no assurance  that the Company
will be able to satisfactorily  complete such  modifications  and/or integration
efforts,  or that they will be able to be completed in a manner that enables the
Company to offer its GEONET(TM) services on a profitable and timely basis.

     To  date,  no other  wireless  service  provider  has  been  successful  at
providing the level of integrated  voice and data services  contemplated  by the
Company.  Accordingly,  in  implementing  GEONET(TM),  the Company may encounter
unforeseen  technical  issues.  In addition,  each of the Company's U.S.  target
markets is expected  to present  unique  technical  issues to the Company due to
differences  in  geography  and  the  level  of  local  land   development   and
construction.  Technical  difficulties  in the operation  and/or  performance of
GEONET(TM)  also may be experienced as additional  subscribers  are added to the
system in a given  market or as the  coverage  area in any market is  increased.
There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to  adequately  address
any such  issues in any given  market  or that  such  issues  will be able to be
addressed in a cost-effective manner.

     The Company is targeting  its services to small- to  medium-sized  business
users in over 35 of the  largest  metropolitan  markets  throughout  the  United
States. See "- The GEONET(TM)  Roll-out." The Company's efforts will be targeted
at existing  users of SMR,  Private  Mobile Radio  ("PMR"),  paging and cellular
wireless services as well as businesses  currently foregoing the use of wireless
services  to meet their  communications  needs.  The Company  believes  that the
specific  communications needs of these businesses are not being met by existing
wireless providers.  The Company is targeting these markets in order to access a
large  potential  subscriber base and to minimize its  infrastructure  costs per
subscriber.

     The Company  intends to market its  GEONET(TM)  services in its target U.S.
markets  primarily  through an indirect  sales force  compromised of dealers and
agents,   value-added  resellers  and  joint  marketing  partners.  The  mix  of
distribution  channels used in each target market will differ depending upon the
individual  characteristics  of these markets.  The Company's direct sales force
will focus  primarily  on  businesses  that  already  are heavy  users of mobile
communications  services.  The Company  will have its direct  sales force target
these  customers  because the sales cycle for these  customers is expected to be
longer and more interaction  between the salesman and the potential  customer is
likely to be required to migrate these customers from their existing services to
those provided by the Company.  At present,  the Company has a field sales force
consisting of  approximately  50 salespeople  throughout the U.S. and intends to
expand its direct  sales  force in each of its  target  markets as it  rolls-out
GEONET(TM). The Company will also market its services through dealers and agents
that  currently  sell PMR,  SMR,  cellular and paging  equipment and services to
business  users.  To date, the Company has entered into  agreements with over 70
dealers throughout the United States and is negotiating  additional  distributor
agreements  in  its  target  markets.   The  Company  also  intends  to  utilize
value-added  resellers to market its services.  Value-added  resellers typically
sell a variety of computing and communications  solutions to business customers.
The Company also intends to pursue marketing  alliances with companies that sell
complementary  products  and  services  to  certain  segments  of the  Company's
targeted customer base.


                                       2
<PAGE>

The GEONET(TM) Roll-out

     The  Company  presently  expects to  continue  the  roll-out of GEONETTM in
accordance with the following schedule:

    Commencement of Operations*                Markets

    August 1995                       Philadelphia**

    During 1996                       Baltimore**          Miami
                                      Boston               New York City**
                                      Orlando              Dallas
                                      Tampa                Houston
                                      Washington, D.C.**
                                      Jacksonville
    During 1997
                                      Atlanta              New Orleans
                                      Buffalo              Norfolk
                                      Charlotte            Phoenix
                                      Chicago              Cincinnati
                                      Pittsburgh           Denver
                                      Portland             Greensboro
                                      Richmond             Hartford
                                      Rochester            Indianapolis
                                      Salt Lake City       Kansas City
                                      San Antonio          Memphis
                                      San Francisco        Minneapolis
                                      St. Louis            Nashville
                                      Seattle

- -----------
*    Markets  are not in the  order  that  services  will be  initiated  in such
     markets. The rollout schedule is subject to change.

**   The  Company  started  providing  commercial  services in  Philadelphia  in
     January  1996, in  Washington,  D.C. and Baltimore in February 1996 and New
     York in March 1996.

     The key stages to the GEONET roll-out include:

     Propagation.  Propagation  analysis  involves the  identification,  through
software  programs and  engineering  analysis,  of the optimal areas in a target
market for the placement of the  GEONET(TM)  base station and remote sites.  The
Company has  substantially  completed its propagation  analysis for its first 11
target markets.

     Procurement of Site Leases and Permits. The Company must procure leases and
permits for the sites at which the GEONET(TM) base stations and remote sites are
to be located.  The Company has engaged  multiple site leasing  organizations to
assist  the  Company  in  the  identification  of  potential  site  leases,  the
negotiation  of leases and the  acquisition  of required  local  approvals.  The
acquisition of leases and required permits is typically a two to six month

                                       3
<PAGE>

process,  although  delays may occur from time to time. To date, the Company has
entered  into  leases and has  received  the  necessary  permits to install  and
operate  its base  stations  in  Philadelphia,  Boston,  Dallas,  New York City,
Washington, D.C./ Baltimore, Tampa, Orlando, Chicago, Jacksonville,  Atlanta and
Miami. As the Company  increases its coverage area in each of these markets,  it
will need to procure additional site lease locations.

     There are only a limited number of existing  communications  towers capable
of providing the Company with optimal coverage area for its radio  transmissions
and that are capable of supporting the Company's transmission  equipment. In the
event the Company cannot obtain leases for existing  towers,  it may be required
to purchase sites,  obtain  necessary  permits and build such towers,  a process
which the  Company  estimates  could  take up to one year to  complete  for each
tower.  If the  Company  is  required  to build  new  towers,  the  roll-out  of
GEONET(TM)  in one or more  target  markets  could be delayed and be more costly
than anticipated.

     Build-out. Preparation of each base station, which includes ventilation and
air   conditioning,   grounding   and   equipment   installation,   testing  and
optimization,  is expected to last at least ten to twelve weeks. The Company has
completed  the initial  build-out  of  GEONET(TM)  in  Philadelphia,  Washington
D.C./Baltimore,  New York and has begun the initial  build-out of  GEONET(TM) in
Boston,  Miami,  Orlando,  Tampa,  and  Dallas.  The  Company  intends  to begin
construction of GEONET(TM) in Jacksonville later in 1996. The Company expects to
construct  remote sites in these markets to increase its  coverage.  The Company
intends to offer  GEONET(TM)  services  in a over 35 markets by the end of 1997.
The Company has entered into an agreement with IBM Corporation ("IBM") to manage
the  construction  of the  GEONET(TM)  stations  and  the  installation  of FHMA
equipment in the Company's U.S.  target  markets.  The Company has also engaged,
and intends to engage,  other third party  contractors  to manage all or certain
aspects of such  construction  or  installation  in  certain of its U.S.  target
markets.  A failure  by IBM or such other  contractors  to  properly  manage the
preparation  and  construction  of the Company's  base stations and remote sites
could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Spectrum  Acquisition.  The Company controls in excess of 1,000 900 MHz channels
in its U.S. target markets.  The Company will require additional spectrum to add
capacity  and to service  anticipated  demand in certain of its target  markets,
including  in certain of its 1996  target  markets.  The Company  also  requires
additional spectrum to initiate services in certain of its 1997 target markets.

     Certain  agreements  pursuant to which the Company has the right to acquire
spectrum are subject to regulatory approval.  Although the Company believes that
such approval will be  forthcoming  prior to its expected  roll-out in each such
market,  there can be no  assurance  that such  approvals  will be received on a
timely basis or at all.

     The Company  intends to acquire  sufficient  spectrum in each of its target
markets in which it does not have sufficient spectrum to initiate service and to
add additional capacity in certain of its other U.S. target markets. In December
1995, the Federal  Communications  Commission (the "FCC")  commenced  auctioning
spectrum  in each  market in which the  Company  desires to  acquire  additional
spectrum.  Although  the  Company  has bid on such  spectrum  to the  extent  it
believes  that such  spectrum  is  needed,  there can be no  assurance  that the
Company will be the successful  bidder for any radio  spectrum  auctioned by the
FCC. In addition,  the Company cannot predict the cost of obtaining licenses for
additional  spectrum  since such  costs are  determined  by  factors  beyond the
Company's  control,  including but not limited to, the  availability of licenses
and the number of  competitors  seeking to acquire  licenses  in any  particular
market.  Moreover,  some of the spectrum  available at auction in certain of the
Company's 1996 and 1997 U.S.  target markets is subject to a preferred  right of
usage by incumbent licensees. The Company, in limited circumstances,  may choose
to bid in the auction for  licenses on a regional  service  area known as Market

                                       4
<PAGE>

Trading  Areas  ("MTA")  which  may be  subject  to the  right of prior use by a
preferred  licensee in cases  where it believes it will be able to  successfully
gain access to such portions of the  encumbered  spectrum  which are material to
the  Company.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that the Company  will gain
access to any such  encumbered  spectrum it may  acquire.  The failure to obtain
such access may materially diminish the value of any spectrum so obtained by the
Company.  Although  the  Company  believes  that it  will  be  able  to  acquire
sufficient  spectrum  in  each  of its  U.S.  target  markets,  there  can be no
assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  make  such   acquisitions  on
commercially  acceptable  terms  or at  all.  See  "-  Government  and  Industry
Regulation."

     The successful and timely  implementation  of GEONET(TM) will depend upon a
number of factors,  including, but not limited to, the timely and cost-effective
manufacture,  construction  and  integration  of the system  infrastructure  and
software,  the  acquisition  and  control  of  additional  radio  spectrum,  the
procurement and preparation of base station and remote sites, the receipt of all
necessary  regulatory  approvals,  the  establishment  of  effective  sales  and
marketing  organizations  and distribution  channels and the need for additional
financing.  The  failure  or delay  with  respect  to any of these  items  could
adversely affect the timing of the  implementation  of GEONET(TM) in one or more
of the Company's  target markets,  which could have a material adverse effect on
the Company. In this regard, the Company has experienced delays in the past with
respect to its roll-out  schedule  related  primarily to the  development of its
subscriber unit from a preproduction  form to a full production unit. The Geotek
subscriber units are currently being  manufactured in their full production form
and the Company does not expect to experience  additional  delays as a result of
the  production  of its  current  subscriber  units.  However,  there  can be no
assurance in this regard.  The Company's  roll-out  schedule may be reviewed and
revised from time to time in light of changing conditions.

     Each of the Company's target markets present unique technical issues due to
differences  in  geography  and  the  level  of  local  land   development   and
construction.  Technical  difficulties  in the operation  and/or  performance of
GEONET(TM)  also may be experienced as additional  subscribers  are added to the
system in a given  market or as the  coverage  area in any market is  increased.
There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to  adequately  address
any such  issues in any given  market  or that  such  issues  will be able to be
addressed in a cost-effective  manner.  Any failure by the Company to adequately
address such issues or to address them in a  cost-effective  manner could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

     The  implementation  of GEONET(TM) in all of the Company's  target  markets
will  require  substantial   additional  funding.   See  item  7,  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations -
Liquidity and Capital Resources."

FHMA(TM) Technology

     The Company will implement  GEONET(TM)  utilizing a relatively small number
of high power transmission sites with a transmitter  capable of covering an area
of up to 30 miles. A base station  containing the system  computer and switching
equipment  will be  located  at or near  one of the  transmission  sites in each
market.  Areas of high use or poor  transmission  quality  will be  served  by a
simple antenna relay and related  equipment that improves signal quality to that
area. The system's use of a relatively  small number of high power sites and its
ability  to reuse  frequencies  will  enable  the  Company  to divide  each cell
coverage area into several  sectors.  In contrast,  many other wireless  service
providers,  including  conventional  cellular  system and  Enhanced  Specialized
Mobile Radio  ("ESMR")  operators,  are required to build  multiple  overlapping
"cells,"  sometimes dozens or hundreds in a market,  each with its own low power
transmission station in order to reuse frequencies. The Company believes its use
of a relatively small number of high power  transmission sites will enable it to
reduce the  infrastructure  cost required to service a market as compared to the
multicell approach employed by other wireless service providers. The Company

                                       5
<PAGE>

also  believes  that its system  design will allow it to  initiate  service in a
given market at a lower cost and achieve  profitability  with fewer  subscribers
than other digital wireless  communications  providers.  Moreover, the Company's
ability to reuse  frequencies  will enable it to increase,  at a relatively  low
cost,  the  capacity  of  GEONET(TM)  as such  capacity  is  needed  by  further
sectorizing  a  coverage  area or adding  additional  sites.  The  Company  also
believes that  GEONET(TM) will be less expensive to operate than other multicell
systems due to, among other things,  lower costs for transmission lines and site
leases.

     GEONET(TM) utilizes FHMA(TM),  the Company's  proprietary frequency hopping
technology.  FHMA(TM)  integrates certain standard digital  technology,  such as
TDMA,  voice  multiplexing  and packet data  transmission,  with advanced  error
correction and frequency hopping  techniques in a macrocell  configuration.  The
Company believes that the utilization of FHMA(TM) will permit it to increase the
capacity  of its radio  spectrum  by more than 20 times  traditional  analog SMR
capacity and to improve the quality and security of wireless communications over
current analog systems.

     TDMA is a digital  transmission  technique  currently  utilized  by digital
cellular systems that allows each channel to carry several  transmission signals
at  one  time.   FHMA(TM)   employs  "three  slot"  TDMA,  which  permits  three
transmission  signals to be carried on each channel. The use of digital FHMA(TM)
technology  results in secure  communications,  an  important  attribute to many
business  users.  FHMA(TM)  also  incorporates  a voice  multiplexing  technique
(digital  speech  interpolation)  that is used by  long  distance  carriers  and
borrows unused portions of a communications  channel to increase  capacity.  The
use of voice  multiplexing  should  permit the Company to  increase  capacity by
approximately  1.5 times the capacity of  conventional  analog systems and, when
combined  with 3.0 times TDMA,  will result in capacity  increases  of up to 4.5
times the capacity of analog systems.  In addition,  FHMA(TM) utilizes a digital
technology technique known as frequency hopping which enables frequency reuse in
adjacent geographic areas. Typically,  in wireless communications  applications,
it is not  possible to reuse the same  frequency  in adjacent  areas  because of
interference that generally results when two transmission signals share the same
frequency.  Frequency hopping  technology permits the reuse of radio spectrum in
adjacent  sectors  by  breaking  down a  transmission  signal  into  many  small
components  and having each  component  "hop" from  frequency  to  frequency  in
accordance with a predetermined  sequence.  Different frequency hopping sequence
sets are used in adjacent  areas to  minimize  interference.  Finally,  FHMA(TM)
employs an advanced error correction feature which restores  transmitted signals
in the event of interference. The Company believes that its ability to sectorize
coverage  areas,  when  combined  with  3.0  times  TDMA  and  1.5  times  voice
multiplexing,  will enable it to increase  the capacity of its  available  radio
spectrum to more than 20 times traditional analog SMR capacity.

System Hardware

     The Company  offers a subscriber  unit with a large screen and  prominently
displayed  function  keys.  For high-end users with a greater need for telephony
services,  the Company will offer a small screen subscriber unit that is similar
in size and appearance to a mobile cellular telephone. The Company is developing
a full  line  of  accessories  for  each  of  its  subscriber  units,  including
push-to-talk and palm size handsets, speakers and microphones and magnetic strip
readers.  A standard serial port will permit the attachment of laptop computers,
fax machines and other intelligent devices.

     PowerSpectrum  Technology  Ltd.  ("PST"),  a subsidiary of the Company,  is
responsible  for the  enhancement  and  manufacture  of the base station and the
validation  systems.  The  Company  procures  all other  components  utilized in
connection  with  GEONET(TM)  from third  parties.  A number of these  firms are
located in Israel, the United Kingdom and the United States. These firms include
PA Consulting Services Ltd. (commercial subscriber unit design), Digital Voice

                                       6
<PAGE>

Systems, Inc. (vocoder), Tadiran Limited (switches),  Orckit Communications Ltd.
(system  software  design) and Analog Devices Inc. (ASIC chip set for the mobile
subscriber unit).

     PST is also  responsible for developing and engineering the radio component
of the commercial  subscriber unit for GEONET(TM) and integrating the subscriber
unit with the remaining  GEONET(TM)  system hardware.  This project is funded by
the  Company  and  involves  a number of  engineering  and  manufacturing  firms
including Mitsubishi Consumer Electronics America ("Mitsubishi"), Hughes Network
Systems  ("Hughes"),  a unit of GM Hughes  Electronics,  Kenwood  Corporation of
Japan ("Kenwood"),  PA Consulting Services,  Ltd. and Orckit Communications Ltd.
In  particular,  the Company  has  entered  into an  agreement  with  Mitsubishi
pursuant  to  which   Mitsubishi   manufactures   the  Company's   large  screen
vehicle-mounted  subscriber  units,  has entered into an  agreement  with Hughes
pursuant to which Hughes manufactures the Company's small screen vehicle-mounted
subscriber  units  and will  design,  manufacture  and  deliver  portable  units
starting in the fourth  quarter of 1996 and has entered into an  agreement  with
Kenwood to develop and manufacture  second  generation  mobile subscriber units,
with  initial  deliveries  expected  in the first half of 1997.  There can be no
assurance  that such third parties will deliver such equipment on a timely basis
or that the Company will be able to  successfully  integrate such components and
hardware in a cost effective  system on a timely basis,  if at all. As discussed
above,  the  Company has only a single  manufacturing  source for certain of the
components of the GEONET(TM)  system  hardware,  including the base stations and
subscriber  units.  Although  the  Company  believes  that  it  can  obtain  all
components  necessary  to build  GEONET(TM)  from other  sources,  delays may be
encountered in the event of a component shortage because of the time it may take
to identify substitute sources and manufacture substitute components.  A failure
by  the  Company  to  obtain  hardware  components  on  a  timely  basis  or  at
satisfactory  prices  could  adversely  affect  the  ability  of the  Company to
roll-out and market  GEONET(TM),  which could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company.


International SMR Operations

United Kingdom.

     On July 2, 1993,  the  Company  acquired  all of the  outstanding  stock of
National  Band Three  Ltd.  ("NB3").  NB3 is the only  national  SMR  equivalent
service  provider in the United  Kingdom and controls  approximately  70% of the
domestic market for integrated  dispatch voice and data wireless  communications
services, providing service to approximately 60,000 subscribers.

     NB3 targets its  services at  business  users with mobile  distribution  or
service  fleets.  NB3's  major  customers  include  providers  of  domestic  and
commercial maintenance services, haulers and couriers. The Company believes that
NB3 will  benefit from  increased  marketing  efforts  aimed at  increasing  its
utilization by business  users.  The Company  intends to take advantage of NB3's
position  as the only United  Kingdom-SMR  equivalent  provider  with a national
license.  The Company  currently is focusing its marketing efforts in the United
Kingdom on businesses  utilizing their own private radio  networks,  emphasizing
NB3's wide coverage area and voice and data  capabilities.  The Company believes
that the same  competitive  pressures for improved  field services that exist in
the United  States  are  present in the  United  Kingdom  and should  assist the
Company in migrating private radio network users to NB3's network.

     The NB3 network  currently  is an analog  system that  utilizes a series of
overlapping cells in conjunction with large switching stations.  The NB3 network
currently  consists  of  approximately  100 base  stations  and three  switching

                                       7
<PAGE>

stations.  NB3  anticipates  increasing  the  capacity  of its analog  system to
approximately  75,000  subscribers  from the current  capacity of  approximately
67,000   subscribers.   The  Company  also  is  evaluating  the  possibility  of
establishing  a  nationwide  digital  network in the United  Kingdom with either
FHMA(TM)  or  a  European  digital  standard.  The  Company  believes  that  any
conversion  of the NB3 network to digital  technology  will  entail  significant
cost.  Digital  technology,  though,  would  significantly  expand NB3's product
offerings  and may permit the  Company to offer other  wireless  services to the
general population.

Germany.

     In the  Summer of 1994,  the  Company  consummated  the  acquisitions  of a
non-controlling  49.0% equity interest in Preussag Bundelfunk GmbH ("PBG") and a
non-controlling  49.9% equity  interest in DBF Bundelfunk  GmbH ("DBF").  During
1995, the Company acquired the remaining equity interests in PBG and DBF so that
these entities are now  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of the Company.  PBG and DBF
provide analog trunked mobile radio service, which is equivalent to SMR service,
to eight major  regions in the northern  part of Germany  with a  population  of
approximately  28 million  people.  This service is provided  through a combined
network known as "RegioNet" that currently provides dispatch, telephony and data
communications services to approximately 12,500 subscribers. The Company intends
to increase its subscriber base in Germany by expanding RegioNet,  by adding new
distribution  channels and by creating  differentiation  from other  networks by
offering wireless applications and other products. The Company is also exploring
possible startegic relationships to enhance its German operation.

Korea

     The Company and Anam  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.  ("Anam")  have formed a joint
venture,  the  purpose of which is to build an FHMA(TM)  demonstration  site for
wireless service in Korea. The agreement pursuant to which the joint venture was
established  (the  "Joint  Venture  Agreement")  established  of  a  new  entity
("Newco")  which in April 1996 expects to apply for a regional or national radio
license in Korea and otherwise  pursue the  establishment  of an FHMA(TM)  based
wireless communications system in Korea and in such other Asian countries as the
Company  and  Anam  may   hereafter   agree.   According   to  the  Ministry  of
Communications  of Korea, a decision  regarding the license  application will be
made in the summer of 1996. The Joint Venture  Agreement is terminable by either
the Company or Anam at any time.  There can be no  assurance  that Newco will be
granted  licenses  for  sufficient  radio  spectrum to  successfully  develop an
FHMA(TM)  communications  system in Korea or in any other  jurisdiction  or will
otherwise be  profitable  or generate  positive cash flow.  The  development  of
communications  systems  in Asia  will be  subject  to  many of the  same  risks
inherent in the establishment of GEONET(TM) in the United States.

 Other Opportunities.

     The  Company  intends  to  continue  to seek  opportunities  to expand  its
position  internationally.  This  expansion  may  take  the  form  of  acquiring
ownership  interests in trunked mobile radio licenses or the  acquisition of SMR
operators, or such other international opportunities as management may determine
to be advantageous.  The Company's  ability to make investments is limited under
certain  circumstances  by the terms of the indentures under which the Notes and
the Company's 15% Senior Secured Discount Notes due 2005 were issued.

Competition

     The Company  expects to experience  competition for each type of service it
offers and intends to offer.  Many of its current  competitors  presently  offer
generic  services,  such as dispatch,  cellular  telephony,  paging or access to
public data and electronic mail services.  Cellular telephony  companies are the
dominant  providers  of  wireless  voice  communications,   although  other  SMR
licensees offer a combination of dispatch (the  traditional  service provided by
SMR licensees) and telephony over relatively  discrete market areas. The Company
expects to experience  competition  from both of these types of  providers.  The
Company also expects to experience  competition for  traditional  trunked mobile
radio customers from operators utilizing  frequencies in the 220MHZ, 800 MHz and
900 MHz bands. Data communications services also may provide competition for the
data capabilities to be offered as part of the Company's integrated package. The
Company also will experience  competition  from  manufacturers of PMR equipment,
which target existing private network  operators and SMR customers and urge them
to build or upgrade their own private  networks  rather than utilize SMR service
providers.   Many  of  these  providers  and  manufacturers  are  larger,   more
established,  have more  experience  in the  telecommunications  industry,  have
greater name recognition, have larger sales staffs and/or have greater financial
resources  than the Company.  The Company  believes  that its targeted  business
customers  currently  do not have access to the quality and array of services to
be  provided  by  the  Company,   and  that  such  services  will   meaningfully
differentiate the Company from other wireless providers.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     NEXTEL  Communications,  Inc. ("NEXTEL") has announced plans to construct a
nationwide  digital  ESMR  network  and is offering  services in several  cities
including  many of the cities that the Company  plans to enter.  NEXTEL has also
secured a  significant  number of 800 MHz SMR channels in several of the largest
U.S.  markets.   Furthermore,   several  large  SMR  providers  are  positioning
themselves  to compete for wireless  voice and data  traffic and have  announced
plans to  construct  digital  ESMR  networks  utilizing  equipment  manufactured
primarily  by  Motorola.   These  providers   include  Nextel,   Motorola,   and
Pittencrieff Communications.  Moreover, recent regulatory changes may permit the
Bell Operating  Company's  ("BOCs") to enter the Commercial Mobile Radio Service
("CMRS") marketplace. See " - Governmental Regulation."

     The  Company  also may face  competition  from  technologies  and  services
introduced in the future. In March 1995, the FCC completed auctions for wideband
Personal  Communications  Services  ("PCS") licenses on an MTA within the United
States.  The wideband PCS auction winners have already begun to provide service.
In December 1995,  the FCC commenced its auction of 493 broadband  basic trading
area PCS licenses. In addition,  the FCC has also licensed national and regional
narrowband PCS licenses. Additional narrowband PCS licenses on an MTA basis will
be issued under government regulation in the future. Narrowband PCS service will
be similar to paging services already offered and may compete with the Company's
SMR proposed service.  The FCC also intends to license  additional  spectrum for
other  wireless  services.   It  is  also  possible  that  satellite  technology
ultimately  could be  developed to permit urban use equal to or superior to that
available through SMR systems,  which would result in increased  competition for
the Company's services. The commercialization or further development of any such
technologies could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

     Many of the target  customers for  GEONET(TM)  currently use other wireless
communications  services.  In order to be  successful,  the Company will need to
migrate a portion of its target customers from their existing  services to those
provided by the Company over  GEONET(TM).  The Company's  ability to migrate its
target  customers over to its services will be highly dependent on the perceived
utility of the  Company's  services to its target  customers  as compared to the
services  currently  utilized by such  customers.  Because there currently is no
integrated  wireless  communications  network  commercially  available  that  is
comparable  to that expected to be offered by the Company over  GEONET(TM),  the
extent of the demand for the Company's wireless communication services cannot be
predicted  with any degree of certainty.  The demand for the  Company's  digital
wireless  communications services also could be affected by other matters beyond
its control,  such as the future cost of  subscriber  equipment,  marketing  and
pricing strategies of competitors and general economic conditions.

     The Company also expects to experience  competition for radio spectrum from
existing  and future  providers  of  wireless  communications  services  and for
communications tower space.

     The Company also faces  competition for its existing services and products.
In the United  Kingdom,  NB3 competes for customers with regional SMR equivalent
systems  and  from  private  radio  networks.  Additionally,  NB3  competes  for
customers  with cellular  providers,  PCS-like  services,  and wireless data. In
Germany, DBF and PBG compete with two large regional operators of SMR equivalent
systems. DBF and PBG also face competition from cellular networks, a PCS network
and wireless data networks.

     The Company  also  experiences  competition  for each of its  products  and
services  other than  GEONET(TM) in the markets in which its sells such products
and services.  Such competition is expected to remain strong for the foreseeable
future.

                                       9
<PAGE>

Government and Industry Regulation

     The  construction,  operation and  acquisition of SMR systems in the United
States is regulated by the FCC under the  Communications Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Communications Act"), and pursuant to the FCC's rules and policies adopted
thereunder.  The FCC  previously  granted  five-year  SMR licenses to the extent
frequencies were available in a particular  location.  Licenses could be renewed
for  additional   five-year  terms  upon   demonstrating   compliance  with  FCC
regulations.  In 1996,  once new  regulations  adopted by the FCC in 1994 become
fully effective,  the license term for the Company's  licenses will be ten years
with an expectancy of renewal, provided that the Company complied with the FCC's
service and operational requirements.  For Market Trading Areas ("MTA") licenses
which the  Company is  successful  in  acquiring  through  the  ongoing  900 MHz
spectrum auctions,  the Company will be granted 10-year MTA licenses. In October
1992,  the Company  submitted  a waiver  request to the FCC in  connection  with
certain  rules  and  regulations  covered  under  Part  90  of  the  FCC  rules.
Specifically,  the Company  requested an extension of the construction  deadline
for certain systems it has agreed to acquire so GEONET(TM) could be installed by
1997.  On June 29,  1993,  the FCC granted  such waiver  request  extending  the
deadline for the  construction  and loading of the Company's 900 MHz SMR systems
for a period of four years.  This waiver  allows the Company to maintain its SMR
licenses until GEONET(TM) is implemented,  as scheduled.  In those markets where
the Company  successfully  acquires an MTA license  through the 900 MHz spectrum
auctions,  where the Company  already has a  Designated  Frequency  Area ("DFA")
license on the same  frequencies,  the FCC's  construction and operational rules
for the MTA license will become applicable for both the existing DFA license and
the MTA license,  and the Company's waiver, for those  frequencies,  will become
unnecessary.  Although the  Company's  waiver is currently  subject to a pending
challenge by a third party before the FCC,  the Company has  vigorously  opposed
the challenge.

     Under the  Communications  Act,  SMR system  providers  were  traditionally
regulated as private carriers and, therefore, were subject to less regulation by
both the FCC and  individual  states than were common  carriers such as cellular
telephone companies. However, the FCC has initiated and is likely to continue to
initiate regulatory proceedings with wide-ranging  implications for the wireless
telecommunications industry. Most of the rule makings were initiated in response
to  congressional  amendments  to the  Communications  Act,  as  directed by the
Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation  Act of 1993 (the "Budget Act"). Early this year,
President  Clinton  signed  into  law the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996  (the
"Telecommunications  Act") which imposes  sweeping reform of  telecommunications
policy.  Although the majority of the  Telecommunications  Act's  measures  will
directly  impact large  common  carriers,  cable and  broadcast  operators,  and
Internet service providers, many of the Telecommunications Act's provisions will
have an effect upon the CMRS marketplace,  and upon the Company.  In particular,
the  Telecommunications  Act may: (i) require CMRS providers to offer  unblocked
access to telephone toll  services;  (ii) require the Company to contribute to a
Universal  Service  Fund;  (iii)  require local  exchange  (telephone)  carriers
("LECs") to establish  reciprocal  compensation  arrangements for CMRS providers
for the origination  and  termination of calls;  and (iv) require the Company to
ensure  that  its  equipment  is  accessible  to  disabled  persons.  All of the
provisions  of the  Telecommunications  Act which  may have an  effect  upon the
Company  will be the subject of FCC rule making  proceedings  during the next 15
months. The FCC has been granted authority to forbear some of these requirements
where  appropriate.  The  primary  intent  of  these  recent  amendments  was to
encourage competition among communications  service providers and, thus, improve
service to  consumers.  Accordingly,  the most sweeping  regulatory  changes and
legislative  directives have been designed to ensure a level playing field among
the Company  and its  competitors,  although  such  impact  could be  materially
adverse to the Company.

                                       10
<PAGE>

Commercial Mobile Service Provider Regulation

     In a series of rule  makings,  the FCC  initiated  or adopted,  pursuant to
congressional  amendments to Sections 3(n) and 332 of the Communications  Act, a
mandated reclassification of mobile services. Specifically, the FCC reconfigured
the mobile  marketplace  to include in the category of CMRS,  any mobile service
provider  (including  cellular and specialized mobile radio) which offers, for a
profit,  mobile  service  interconnected  to the  public  switched  network to a
substantial  portion of the public.  This  restructuring  has been  accomplished
through a number of rule-making proceedings.

     In its first  decision  effecting  regulatory  parity  for CMRS  providers,
released January 5, 1994, the FCC adopted similar foreign ownership  limitations
under  Section  310(b)  of  the  Communications  Act  for  CMRS  providers  that
previously applied only to common carrier telephone service  providers.  Section
310(b) limits the percentage of foreign  ownership  and/or  participation in any
entity  holding an FCC license.  As a result,  the Company's  ability to attract
foreign  investors  will be  limited  by current  FCC  regulations.  In a recent
decision, however, the FCC revised its standards for regulating entry of foreign
carriers  and  their   affiliates  into  the  U.S.   market  for   international
telecommunications  services.  The FCC will apply these revised standards in the
application process for foreign entry,  principally by taking into consideration
whether  "effective  competitive  opportunities"  exist for U.S. carriers in the
destination markets of foreign carriers seeking to enter the U.S.  international
services market.  In addition,  and of specific impact for the Company,  the FCC
determined  that  it  will  examine   reciprocal   foreign  market   competitive
opportunities  when considering  additional waiver requests by CMRS providers to
exceed foreign investment in excess of the existing 25% benchmark.

     On March 7, 1994,  the FCC released a decision  which imposed the following
regulatory  modifications,  which will generally take effect on August 10, 1996,
relevant to the Company:

     As a newly  classified CMRS provider,  the Company must comply with certain
traditional common carrier obligations. Specifically, as of August 10, 1996, the
Company (i) will be required to offer its services without discrimination, which
could be construed as prohibiting the Company from withholding from one customer
a customized service offering that it makes available to another customer;  (ii)
will be required to provide access to its services to other common carriers, and
(iii) will be subject to the formal consumer complaint process.

     Under  past   proceedings,   the  FCC  determined   that  LECs  must  offer
interconnection to CMRS providers on reasonable terms and conditions,  and under
the  principle  of  mutual  compensation.  The FCC  declined  to  impose  direct
interconnection obligations for CMRS-to-CMRS  transmissions,  but concluded that
it would  require  CMRS  providers  to "resell"  their  services to another CMRS
provider.  In a recent rule making now pending, the FCC proposed specific limits
with respect to prices,  terms, and conditions of  interconnection  arrangements
for LEC-CMRS  interconnection,  to ensure that CMRS  providers are granted equal
competitive footing with more established LEC service providers.

     In a separate  proceeding,  the FCC  proposed  to amend its rules to permit
broadband and narrowband CMRS providers to offer wireless local loop and related
services.  Specifically,  the FCC proposed a definition of "wireless local loop"
that is sufficiently broad to allow the provision, by CMRS providers such as the
Company,  of certain fixed services.  The proposed definition of "wireless local
loop" is "the path  between the  subscriber  and the first point of switching or
aggregation of traffic." Such an expansion in available  service offerings could
be beneficial to the Company.

                                       11
<PAGE>

     The FCC is also  considering  the adoption of rules that would require CMRS
providers to offer enhanced  emergency  calling  ("E911") access and features to
mobile  radio  callers in three phases  within five years after  adoption of the
rules. The FCC's current  proposal,  which is still pending,  would require CMRS
providers  to  ensure  such   features  as  calling   party   automatic   number
identification  ("ANI");  911 availability from any service  initialized  mobile
radio handset; 911 access for speech and hearing-impaired callers; and call-back
capability.

Other Regulatory Matters

Management  Agreements.  On November 18, 1994, the FCC issued an order requiring
CMRS  providers  subject  to  grandfathering  protection  that  hold  management
agreements  with FCC licensees to execute new revised  management  contracts for
any managed stations by August 10, 1996. The FCC determined that the validity of
a management  agreement will be guided by the FCC's  prohibition  against the de
facto  transfer  of control of the radio  facilities  from the  licensee  to the
manager.  It is the  Company's  belief that its existing  management  agreements
comply with the FCC's policies by placing  ultimate control over the maintenance
and operation of any managed system with the licensee of the system. The Company
will continue to monitor the FCC's positions on this issue, however, and holds a
contractual right, contained in all of its management agreements,  to modify any
agreement in the event that it is determined that any are not in compliance with
the FCC's rules.

Signal  Boosters.  With  respect  to  operations,  the FCC  recently  considered
permitting  the  routine  use of  one-way or two-way  signal  boosters  for CMRS
providers such as the Company.  This matter  remains  pending before the FCC. In
the event that the FCC permits  the use of signal  boosters,  the Company  could
improve  its  service  offerings  by  "filling  out"  its  service   footprints,
particularly  where terrain or  geographic  anomalies  cause minor  interference
problems.

900 MHz Auction.  Most  significantly,  the FCC recently adopted rules that have
had a  sweeping  effect on the  licensing  of 900 MHz SMR  frequencies.  The FCC
imposed  auction  proceedings for the licensing of 20 10- channel blocks in each
of the 51 MTA  service  areas in the 900 MHz  bandwidth.  Initiated  in December
1995, the Company has been an active bidder in the 900 MHz spectrum auctions and
could,  if  successful  as a bidder at the close of  auctions,  be  awarded  MTA
licenses in multiple  markets.  Although  the MTA  licenses  will be  separately
licensed, the Company will be permitted to aggregate blocks of spectrum, subject
only the 45 MHz spectrum  cap for CMRS  providers  within three radio  services,
broadband PCS, SMR and cellular.

     Where the Company is awarded an MTA license for  frequencies of which it is
the incumbent DFA licensee, the DFA license will be construed as included in the
MTA  license  for  purposes  of  build-out,  operation  and  coverage.  In those
instances,  the Company's  waiver will no longer be necessary.  In some markets,
the  Company may  successfully  bid on an MTA license  where the  incumbent  DFA
licensee is a third party. In those  instances,  the Company will be required to
afford interference protection to the incumbent DFA licensee. In markets or with
frequencies  where the Company is the DFA  licensee but not the  successful  MTA
bidder,  the  Company's  DFA  license  will  retain  all  of its  licensing  and
operational  requirements,  such as loading,  in existence prior to the auction.
The Company's waiver, in those instances, will remain in effect.

     Where the Company is a successful MTA bidder,  it must complete coverage of
at least one third of the  population of its service area within the first three
years  of its  initial  MTA  license  grant  or in the  alternative  demonstrate
substantial  coverge of the MTA, and complete coverage of at least two thirds of
the population within five years.

                                       12
<PAGE>

     The  FCC  has  granted   type   acceptance   for  the   Company's   network
infrastructure equipment and subscriber units for commercial use.

Patents and Technology Rights

     In accordance  with a joint venture  agreement  (the "Power  Spectrum Joint
Venture  Agreement")  between  the  Company  and  Rafael  Armament   Development
Authority  ("Rafael"),  PST has the right to  review  the  technology  of Rafael
provided  to PST  pursuant  to the  terms  of the  PowerSpectrum  Joint  Venture
Agreement,  and file, in Rafael's name,  patent  applications  on any patentable
technology  already in existence  at the time of the signing of such  agreement.
Pursuant to the PowerSpectrum Joint Venture Agreement,  Rafael is also obligated
to grant PST an exclusive royalty free license under any patent  applications so
granted,  subject to an exclusion for military technology.  PST has the right to
file patent  applications  on any inventions  made by PST based on, or connected
to, the technology  developed by PST after the date of the  PowerSpectrum  Joint
Venture  Agreement.  Pursuant to these terms,  a United  States  patent has been
issued to Rafael.

     PST has filed  several  patent  applications  in Israel and intends to file
patent applications in other countries including the United States.

     In addition to those patent applications filed by PST, the Company also has
filed patent  applications  in Israel and the United  States based on technology
developed by the Company. As of December 31, 1995, no patents had been issued to
the Company or PST and there can be no  assurance  that a patent will issue from
any pending or future patent  applications or that if any are issued that any of
them will have any  commercial  significance.  The  Company  is aware of certain
patents and patent  applications  held or filed by others which generally relate
to the subject  matter of the Company's  activities.  The Company  believes that
none of such patents or applications is likely to have a material adverse effect
on the ability of the Company to utilize any technology currently intended to be
utilized by the Company.

     The Company protects its proprietary  information by way of confidentiality
and  non-disclosure  agreements  with  employees  and third parties who may have
access to such  information.  The Company  continually  reviews  its  technology
developments  in  order  to  file  patent  applications  and  has  filed  patent
applications  with  respect to certain  aspects of its FHMA(TM)  technology  and
GEONET(TM) in Israel and the United States and expects to file additional patent
applications in Israel and the United States.  Generally, the Company intends to
file all patent  applications  in the United States and Israel and in such other
countries  as it  deems  appropriate.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such
applications will be granted.  There can be no assurance that any patents issued
will afford meaningful protection against competitors with similar technology or
that any patents issued will not be challenged by third parties.  There also can
be no assurance that others will not independently develop similar technologies,
duplicate the Company's  technologies  or design around the patented  aspects of
any technologies  developed by the Company. Many patents and patent applications
have  been  filed by third  parties  with  respect  to  wireless  communications
technology.  The Company does not believe that its  technology  infringes on the
patent rights of third parties.  However, there can be no assurance that certain
aspects of the  Company's  technology  will not be  challenged by the holders of
such  patents or that the Company  will not be required to license or  otherwise
acquire from third parties the right to use certain  technology.  The failure to
overcome such challenges or obtain such licenses or rights could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's operations.

     The Company owns several trademarks,  including GEONET(TM) and FHMA(TM), in
the United States and certain other countries.

                                       13
<PAGE>

     The  Company's  Research  and  Development  expense  related to the digital
wireless  communication  system  totaled $33.0 million in 1995 compared to $17.0
million in 1994 and $8.9  million in 1993  (exclusive  of acquired  research and
development of $32.4 million in 1993).

GMSI

     GMSI designs,  manufactures,  and sells various systems for the mobile data
market.  It has a dominant  position in the market for data dispatch systems for
taxicabs, limousines, and similar fleets, selling its systems in primarily North
America, as well as, Europe and Australia.

     GMSI offers the Wireless Network  Interface  ("WNI") software package under
license  to  interface  to a variety  of  private  and SMR radio  networks.  WNI
licenses are available to UNIX, Windows and DOS machines.  WNI provides software
developers  with a seamless  interface to multiple  networks and  eliminates the
complexities, cost and risk of implementing a mobile data solution with existing
dispatch and management software.

     GMSI  provides  a variety of mobile  data  terminals  and radio  modems for
courier and other applications.  "Status" terminals report  predetermined events
such as on-site with a single  keystroke on a labeled  function  key. A terminal
with an  alphanumeric  keyboard  is able to record  information  such as name of
recipient. All terminals support customer designed forms, mag-swipe and bar-code
data entry.

Communications Products Activities

     The Company's  communications  products  activities  are conducted  through
Bogen Corporation ("Bogen") and Speech Design GmbH ("Speech Design"),  which are
subsidiaries  of  Bogen   Communications,   Inc.   ("BCI").   The  Company  owns
approximately 64% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of BCI. Bogen is a
99% owned subsidiary of BCI and Speech Design is a 68% owned subsidiary of BCI.

Bogen

     Bogen  develops,   produces  and  sells  telephone  and  telecommunications
peripherals  and sound and  communications  equipment  through its wholly  owned
subsidiary,  Bogen  Communications,  Inc. Since 1932, when  originally  founded,
Bogen  has been  involved  in the  communications  industry,  concentrating  its
efforts on the  development  and sale of equipment for  commercial,  industrial,
professional and institutional markets and applications.

     Bogen's  traditional line of products includes audio amplifiers and related
sound equipment for professional, industrial and commercial system applications,
such as telephone paging,  intercommunications and administrative communications
systems for schools, correctional facilities and other institutions.

     During   1991,   Bogen   introduced   its  first   product  in  a  line  of
telecommunications and telephone peripherals.  The product is the MMT, a digital
announcer with automatic  microprocessor  controlled tape download for "on-hold"
applications.  During 1992,  Bogen  introduced  various  products in the digital
telephone  peripherals area,  including the Automated  Attendant and the Digital
Announcer.  Bogen  introduced,  during 1993, the PCM/ZPM,  zone page modules for
telephone  paging.  Although Bogen  believes that the growth  experienced in the
last four years in this line of products may continue, there can be no assurance
of such growth.

                                       14
<PAGE>

     In September 1993, Bogen introduced the Friday Home Office Receptionist,  a
home-office  digital  receptionist  with a  built-in  fax  switch,  call-forward
capabilities,  four incoming  mailboxes and three  outgoing  message  mailboxes.
Additional  products in this line were  introduced in 1994 and 1995. In December
1995, Bogen's management decided to phase-out this product line during 1996.

Sales and Marketing

     All of  Bogen's  products,  with the  exception  of its  office  automation
products,  are sold primarily  through  distributors,  dealers and  contractors,
often as complete systems  designed to satisfy an end-user's  specific sound and
communications  needs.  The principal  users of these  products are  industrial,
professional and commercial  concerns and institutions such as schools,  nursing
homes and correctional  institutions.  Bogen management believes that these user
markets  are  all   relatively   stable  markets  in  which  Bogen  enjoys  name
recognition.

     Sales of Bogen's  traditional  products are made through a network of about
2,000 distributors, dealers and contractors located throughout the United States
and Canada which  purchase  products  directly  from Bogen and then resell these
products to dealers and/or end-users.

     Bogen  considers  its  distribution  network to be one of its most valuable
assets.   Bogen's  products  are  generally   marketed  through  a  field  sales
organization and several  independent  sales  representative  entities under the
direction of Bogen's  internal  sales force.  Both the  representatives  and the
field sales group are responsible for assigned territories.  The representatives
are  compensated  on a  commission  basis  and the  field  sales  personnel  are
compensated  with salary and bonuses based on performance.  Sales agreements are
maintained with all of Bogen's independent sales  representatives and engineered
systems contractors.  The sales  representative  agreements typically permit the
sale of Bogen  products  by the  representative  in a specific  territory.  Each
territory  is  assigned  one  or  more  sales  representatives.  Similarly,  the
engineered  systems  contractor  agreements  typically  allow the  contractor to
purchase and install  specific  product lines in a designated  territory.  These
agreements,  which restrict the  representative  or contractor from dealing in a
competitive  line of products  while  representing  Bogen,  may be terminated by
either party upon 30 days' notice.

     Bogen maintains its principal  warehouse and executive  offices at its main
location  in Ramsey,  New Jersey  and it also  maintains  stock in the States of
California  and   Washington  at  warehouses   managed  by  certain  of  Bogen's
independent  sales  representatives.  Service  for all of  Bogen's  products  is
provided by its service department.

     Although its sales are substantially to United States customers, Bogen also
sells  its  products  in  Canada  through  a  stocking  representative  that  is
headquartered in Ontario and has branch offices throughout Canada.  Export sales
to other foreign  countries are handled in a similar fashion to sales within the
United States,  through distributors that purchase the products and sell them to
an established account base overseas.

Patents and Trademarks

     "Bogen" is a trademark of the Company  registered  in the United States and
in certain foreign countries  throughout the world,  which expires in the United
States in March 2000.  Bogen has also obtained  trademark  registration  for the
trade name "Multicom 2000" utilized in connection with the engineered systems it
markets,  which expires in July 2001.  Bogen has various pending patents related
to its new products.  There can be no assurance that any patents will ultimately
be issued.

                                       15
<PAGE>

Sources of Material

     All components and material used in the  construction  of Bogen's  products
are of standard  commercial  quality or better,  and are readily  available from
overseas  and  United  States  suppliers.   Bogen  relies  principally  upon  an
established  network of suppliers and subcontractors  located in the Republic of
South  Korea,  Taiwan,  Israel  and  the  United  States.  These  suppliers  and
sub-contractors either produce sub-assemblies for use in the final assembly of a
finished  product,  or produce the finished  products  themselves.  Products are
based on Bogen  designs  and are built in  accordance  with Bogen  drawings  and
specifications.

     Bogen's  primary  source  of  components  and  completed  products  is from
manufacturers located in the Republic of South Korea. There can be no assurances
that  disruptions in supplies will not occur, or that such  disruptions will not
have a material adverse effect on Bogen.

Research and Development

     Bogen's engineering department is responsible for research and development,
production   engineering  and  sales   engineering.   In  1995,  Bogen  incurred
approximately $ 1.4 million in research and development  expenditures,  compared
to $1.5 million in 1994 and $1.3 million in 1993.

Competition

     Based in large  part on its  relatively  broad  product  base and  multiple
markets,  Bogen believes that it has no significant direct competitor.  Instead,
competition varies from market to market and product to product.  Bogen competes
on the basis of several different  factors,  including name recognition,  price,
innovation  and  product  quality.  Such  factors  vary in  relative  importance
depending on Bogen's product(s).  Bogen's management has concentrated on markets
in which it believes that Bogen could obtain at least a 10% market share, be one
of the top two or three suppliers and/or obtain substantial growth.

     In  the  general  line  distributor  customer  market,   Bogen's  principal
competition comes from University Sound, a United States manufacturer,  and from
several  off-shore  suppliers.   Because  these  off-shore  suppliers  have  not
developed  significant brand name recognition,  no single one has become a major
factor in this market. Because ready availability and accessibility is a primary
consideration  for retail  customers,  Radio Shack,  with over several  thousand
retail outlets, is a significant  competitor.  Bogen's management anticipates no
major competitive changes in this market in the foreseeable future.

     In the view of Bogen's  management,  the Telco customer  market has overall
growth  potential.  Bogen's  main  competitor  is  Valcom  Inc.  which  has been
established  in  this  market  for  several  decades.  Other  competition  comes
primarily form several United States companies who have been losing market share
over the past few  years  and from  several  companies  attempting  to enter the
market. Bogen has increased its share of the Telco market in recent years.

     The  Engineered  Sound  customer  market  is a  highly  specialized  market
characterized by low unit volume/high  dollar sales which has deterred potential
competition from off-shore  manufacturers.  Bogen's principal  competition comes
from Rauland Borg Corp. and Dukane Corporation,  which, like Bogen, have been in

                                       16
<PAGE>

the market for several  years and have well  established  name  recognition  and
distribution  channels.  Rauland Borg Corp. is currently the acknowledged market
leader.

     The  Commercial   Sound  customer  market  is   characterized   by  intense
competition,  particularly  from several overseas  companies.  Bogen's principal
competitor is a Japanese company,  TOA Electronics,  Inc., which features broad,
high  quality  product  lines.   Other  competitors  are   comparatively   small
manufacturers that rely mainly on established account relationships.

Government and Industry Regulation

     Many of  Bogen's  products  require  either  certification  by the  Federal
Communications  Commission or Underwriter's  Laboratory  approval,  or both. All
current products of Bogen that require such approval have obtained them. Bogen's
products must also comply with applicable local and state  regulations to permit
use by the  end-user.  Bogen  makes all  reasonable  efforts to ensure  that its
products comply with such requirements.

Speech Design

     Speech  Design,  located in Munich,  Germany,  develops,  manufactures  and
markets  telephone   peripheral  hardware  utilizing  digital  voice  processing
technologies.  The Company  acquired a controlling  interest in Speech Design in
February  1993,  with a goal  of  initially  expanding  sales  of the  Company's
communications  products into Germany,  Europe's largest market,  and to utilize
Speech Design as a platform to penetrate other European markets.

     Speech  Design was  engaged  until  1992  primarily  in selling  peripheral
equipment for cellular  telephones over the analog  network.  With the advent of
the European GSM digital standard and the related decline of prices of ancillary
subscriber  equipment,   Speech  Design's  management  decided  to  refocus  its
activities  from the cellular  market to the telephone  peripherals.  Management
expects continued growth in sales of telephone peripherals,  but there can be no
assurance that such growth will be achieved.

     In 1995, sales to five customers  accounted for approximately 75% of Speech
Design's sales.  Such customers  generally  packaged Speech Design products with
PBX equipment for sale to third parties.

Employees

     As of  December  31,  1995,  the Company had  approximately  450  full-time
employees,   of  which   approximately   300  were   engaged  in  its   wireless
communications  businesses  and  approximately  150 of which were engaged in its
communications products businesses.  The Company considers its relationship with
its employees to be good.

     As of December 31, 1995,  approximately 90 employees of Rafael were engaged
on a  full-time  basis in the  development  of the  Company's  FHMA(TM)  digital
system.  Rafael's  employees are represented by a labor union, and, from time to
time, there have been labor disputes between Rafael and its employees which have
resulted in slow-downs. To date, these slow-downs have not had a material effect
upon the Company's business. There can be no assurance, however, that any future
disputes  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the  development  or
introduction of GEONET(TM) services by the Company in its target markets.

                                       17
<PAGE>

     The  success  of  the  Company   will  depend   greatly   upon  the  active
participation and the experience of its management.  The loss of the services of
Yaron  Eitan,  the  Company's  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  could
adversely  affect the  conduct  of the  Company's  business.  In  addition,  the
successful implementation of the Company's business plan will depend, to a large
extent,  upon the ability of the Company's and its  subsidiaries'  engineers and
scientific personnel to perfect and improve upon existing and proposed products.
The loss of some or all of such  personnel,  or the  inability of the Company to
attract additional  personnel,  or the inability of such persons to enhance such
systems or to continue product enhancements will directly inhibit the ability of
the  Company to sell its  products  and  services  and to operate in a timely or
profitable manner.

Financial Information

     Financial  information  about  the  Company's  industry  segments  and  the
Company's  foreign and  domestic  operations  is disclosed in Footnote 16 to the
Company's Consolidated  Financial Statements.  See "Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA."


Item 2.   PROPERTIES

     Since July 2, 1993,  the  Company's  principal  place of business  has been
located at 20 Craig Road, Montvale,  New Jersey. The Company rents 26,800 square
feet of office space under several  leases at a total rate of $500,000 per year,
plus taxes and  utilities.  The lease expires  between April 1996 and July 1999.
The Company's Montvale facility functions both as its corporate headquarters and
the general  offices of the Company's U.S.  wireless  operation.  The Company is
considering relocating to a larger facility in the Montvale area.

     Bogen subleases its facilities,  located at 50 Spring Street,  Ramsey,  New
Jersey from an unaffiliated  third party.  The sublease  expires on December 31,
2000 and requires rental payments at a rate of  approximately  $700,000 per year
for the remainder of the term.

     NB3 leases its principal place of business in Chelmsford, England, pursuant
to a lease  which  expires  in  September  1999.  This  lease is  subject to the
Company's  option to extend  the lease for four  successive  five-year  periods.
Annual  rental  payments  during the  initial  term of this lease are  $310,000.
Rental  payments  pursuant to each of the options are to be negotiated  prior to
the start of each five-year period.  NB3 leases sites for its base stations from
different parties under leases with various terms, amounts and conditions.

     Speech Design leases its facilities in Munich,  Germany pursuant to a lease
which expires in 2005. Annual rental payments are approximately $240,000.

     GMSI leases its  facilities  in Ontario,  Canada  pursuant to a lease which
expires in April 2005 Annual  base rental  payments  over the  remainder  of the
lease are approximately $140,000.

     In connection with the roll-out of GEONET(TM), the Company expects to lease
office  space in each of the 35 target  markets  in which it  intends to provide
GEONET(TM)  service. In addition to office space, the Company must secure leases
for its transmission equipment at suitable locations in each of these cities. As
of  March 1996,  the  Company  had  leased  office  space in seven of its target
markets.  The  aggregate  annual  rental  payments  pursuant to these leases are
$375,000.

                                       18
<PAGE>

Item 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     In June 1994, the Company filed a lawsuit in Dutch bankruptcy court against
Harris Adacom Corporation B.V. ("Harris"),  a Dutch corporation,  to enforce its
rights  under a loan  agreement  between  the  parties.  The  Company is seeking
repayment of a $3.5  million  loan made to Harris in January 1994 in  connection
with  a  potential   purchase   transaction   between  the  Company  and  Adacom
Technologies Ltd. ("ATL"), an affiliate of Harris and an Israeli publicly-traded
company.  The loan was  collateralized  by stock  owned by Harris in ATL. At the
time of the loan, the collateral had a market value in excess of $10 million and
the  total  market  value of ATL was in  excess of $100  million.  The  purchase
transaction  was not  consummated.  In May 1994, the market value of ATL dropped
dramatically  and ATL  became  insolvent,  thereby  reducing  the  value  of the
collateral  to  practically  zero. At or about the same time,  creditors  placed
Harris into bankruptcy proceedings in the Netherlands.  The Company subsequently
received  information  relating to the recoverability of the loan and management
does not expect to recover the loan.  The Company is  aggressively  pursuing its
rights  under  the loan in Dutch  bankruptcy  court and is  awaiting  additional
information  on the assets and creditors of Harris.  Based upon the  information
currently available to it, the Company cannot determine the amount, if any, that
will  ultimately  be recovered and has  established  a reserve  against the full
amount of the loan.

     In response to the Company's  lawsuit,  Harris and its subsidiaries filed a
lawsuit  against the Company in the courts of the State of Israel,  requesting a
declaratory  judgment that the Company entered into a binding  agreement for the
purchase  by  the  Company  of  a  significant   interest  in  certain  wireless
communication  business  assets  owned  by ATL and  subsequently  breached  such
agreement.  The  plaintiffs  in such action have stated an  intention  to file a
separate  claim for  monetary  damages  and have  estimated  their  losses to be
several million dollars. The Company believes that the claims in such action are
without merit and are only an attempt to delay  efforts to collect  Harris' debt
to the Company. The Company intends to defend such action vigorously.

     The Company develops and utilizes  technology for  substantially all of the
services and products it offers and intends to offer and has, from time to time,
been the subject of infringement  claims related thereto.  It is often difficult
to predict the outcome of such litigation and the amount of damages which may be
awarded in these types of cases.  The Company  does not believe that any pending
or threatened litigation related to the Company's technology or use thereof will
have a material adverse effect on its financial position.

     The Company is also, from time to time,  party to litigation,  which may or
may not be covered by insurance, arising in the ordinary course of business. The
Company  does not believe the  results of such  litigation,  even if the outcome
were  unfavorable  to the Company,  would have a material  adverse effect on its
financial position.

Item 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters were  submitted to a vote of the Company's  stockholders  during
the fourth quarter of 1995.

                                       19
<PAGE>

Item A.   EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     As of the date hereof, the executive officers of the Company are:


         Name              Age                   Position
         ----              ---                   --------
Winston J. Churchill       55  Chairman of the Board and Director
Yaron I. Eitan             39  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jonathan C. Crane          46  President & CEO - GEOTEK U.S. Operation
George Calhoun             42  President - Wireless Communications Group and
                               Director
Yoram Bibring              38  Executive Vice President and Chief Operating 
                               Officer
John Egidio                47  Senior Vice President, Operations
Oliver Hilsenrath          37  Senior Vice President, Technology
William A. Opet            38  Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales
Andrew Robb                52  Managing Director, European Operations
Michael McCoy              43  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael Carus              30  Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller
Robert Vecsler             31  General Counsel and Secretary

     Mr.  Churchill has served as Chairman of the Board and as a director of the
Company  since 1991.  Mr.  Churchill is a principal  of CIP Capital  Management,
Inc., a private  investment firm formed in 1989. He has served as a principal of
such firm since its inception.  Prior to 1989, Mr.  Churchill  practiced law and
served as Chairman of the Banking and Financial Institutions  Department and the
Finance Committee of Saul, Ewing, Remick & Saul, Philadelphia, PA.

     Mr. Eitan has served as President,  Chief Executive  Officer and a director
of the Company since March 1989. He is also Chairman of the Board of Bogen and a
director of PST, GMSI and NB3,  subsidiaries of the Company. Mr. Eitan served as
a director of Patlex  Corporation  from 1985 until February  1989,  during which
time he  served  as  President  of Patlex  from  November  1987 to June 1988 and
Executive Vice President of Patlex from July 1987 to November 1987 and from June
1988 to February 1989.

     Mr. Crane joined the Company as President & CEO - GEOTEK U.S. Operations in
October 1995.  Prior to joining the Company,  from January 1994 through  January
1995,  Mr.  Crane  was  President  &  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  LightStream
Corporation,  a start-up ATM switch  company.  In January 1995,  LightStream was
purchased.  From May 1985  through  January  1994 Mr.  Crane  served in  various
executive capacities at MCI Telecommunications  where he most recently served as
Executive Vice President - Multinational Accounts.

     Mr.  Calhoun  was  appointed a director of the Company in July 1993 when he
became  President of the Company's  wireless  communications  group. Mr. Calhoun
joined the  Company in June 1992 as  President,  Chief  Operating  Officer and a
director  of PST. He is also a director of NB3 and PST.  Mr.  Calhoun  served in
various  positions  with  InterDigital   Communications   Corporation  (formerly
International  Mobile  Machines  Corporation),  a corporation  co-founded by Mr.
Calhoun  and  engaged in the  development  of  digital  radio  technology,  most
recently as General Manager of the  Intellectual  Property  Licensing  Division,
which position he held until June 1992.

     Mr. Bibring joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer in February 1990,
a position  he held  until  September  1995.  He has  served as  Executive  Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company since June 1993. He is also
a director of Bogen.  He served as Vice President of Aryt Optronics  Industries,
Ltd.  ("Aryt") from  December 1990 to April 1991.  From November 1986 to January
1990, Mr. Bibring was a Senior Auditor at Shachak & Company, a public accounting
firm in Israel.

                                       20
<PAGE>

     Mr.  Egidio  became  Senior Vice  President of the Company in October 1993.
From  December  1991 to November  1992,  he was  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer  of  Metagram  America,  Inc.,  a company  engaged in the  provision  of
alphanumeric  messaging  services.  From February 1985 to April 1990, Mr. Egidio
was President and Chief Executive  Officer of MobileMedia  Communications,  Inc.
(formerly  Metromedia  Paging),  a subsidiary  of  Southwestern  Bell engaged in
wireless communications.

     Mr.  Hilsenrath  has served as Senior Vice  President of the Company  since
1992. From August 1990 to September 1992, he was employed as Engineering Manager
by the Aydin Vector Division of Aydin  Corporation,  a U.S. defense  electronics
and  communications  company.  From 1983 to 1990, Mr. Hilsenrath was employed by
the  Communication  Directorate  of Rafael where he served as Chief Research and
Development Engineer.

     Mr. Opet was appointed Vice President of Marketing for the Company in April
1994 and has been Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales since October 1994.
From June 1990 to March 1994,  he served as Vice  President of Marketing for LIN
Broadcasting ("LIN"), a 52% owned subsidiary of McCaw Cellular,  where he worked
extensively on the  introduction of digital cellular  systems.  From May 1986 to
June  1990,  Mr.  Opet was Vice  President  of  Marketing  and  Sales  for LIN's
Philadelphia cellular operations.

     Mr. Robb was  appointed  as Managing  Director for the  Company's  European
Operations in August,  1994.  Previously,  he had served as Managing Director of
NB3 and one of its  predecessor  companies  for more than five  years.  Prior to
January 1987, Mr. Robb served as Sales Director of the  Communications  Group of
Motorola in the United Kingdom for approximately four years.

     Mr. McCoy has served as Senior Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer
of the Company since September 1995. From November 1994 through  September 1995,
Mr. McCoy was the Company's  Vice  President of the North East Region.  Prior to
joining the Company,  from September  1992 through  November 1994, Mr. McCoy was
President of Greenlake  Associates,  Inc., a high technology consulting company.
From November 1988 through September 1992, Mr. Mc Coy was a member of the Office
of the  Chairman  and Senior  Vice  President  of Business  Development  for LCI
International,   Inc.,  a  facilities  based  long  distance  telecommunications
company.

     Mr. Carus has served as Chief Accounting  Officer and Corporate  Controller
of the Company since June 1995. Mr. Carus is a Certified Public  Accountant and,
from  August  1988  to  June  1995,  was a  Business  Assurance  Manager  in the
communications team at Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., a public accounting firm.

     Mr. Vecsler was appointed  General  Counsel and Secretary of the Company in
March 1996. From May 1995 through March 1996 he served as Corporate  Counsel for
the Company.  Prior to joining the  Company,  from August 1994 until April 1995,
Mr. Vecsler  served as Assistant  General  Counsel at Enviro  Source,  Inc. From
April 1993 until July 1994, he served as Counsel to Fletcher  Asset  Management,
Inc. Mr. Vecsler practiced law at Kelly, Drye & Warren from September 1988 until
March 1993.

                                       21
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

Item 5.   MARKET PRICE FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
          STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The Company's  Common Stock currently  trades on the NASDAQ National Market
under the  symbol  "GOTK" and on the  Pacific  Stock  Exchange  under the symbol
"GEO".

     The following  tables set forth, for the quarters  indicated,  the high and
low sales  prices  for the  Company's  Common  Stock as  reported  on the NASDAQ
National Market:


      Year Ended December 31, 1995                 High             Low

First Quarter ........................              9 3/8           6 3/4
Second Quarter .......................              9 7/8           7 1/8
Third Quarter ........................             10               7 1/2
Fourth Quarter .......................              9 1/4           5 1/2

      Year Ended December 31, 1994                 High             Low

First Quarter ........................             16              10 3/8
Second Quarter .......................             11 5/8           7 1/4
Third Quarter ........................             12 1/8           6 3/8
Fourth Quarter .......................             10 3/4           7 1/2
                                                                 
     As of March 25, 1996, there were  56,774,000  record  holders of the Common
Stock.

     The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on the Common Stock
since  commencing  operations and is restricted from paying any dividends on the
Common  Stock due to debt  covenant  restrictions.  At  present,  the Company is
obligated to pay, for a five-year  period following the issuance of its Series H
preferred  stock,  cumulative  dividends of $2,000,000  per year on the Series H
preferred  stock, in cash, and, for a five-year period following the issuance of
its  Series I  preferred  stock  and  Series K  preferred  stock,  respectively,
cumulative  dividends equaling $700,000 per year on the Series I preferred stock
and  $700,000  per year on the Series K  preferred  stock,  in cash or shares of
Common Stock of the Company, before any cash dividends may be paid on the Common
Stock. In addition,  the Company is presently obligated to pay cumulative annual
dividends  of  $750,000  per year on its Series L  preferred  stock,  in cash or
additional  shares of Series L preferred stock, and cumulative  annual dividends
of  $988,125  per year on its  Series M  preferred  stock,  in cash or shares of
Common Stock,  before any cash  dividends  may be paid on the Common  Stock.  At
present,  the  Company is current in payment of all  required  dividends  on its
outstanding  preferred stock. 

                                       22
<PAGE>

Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

                      (In thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Year ended December 31,                            1995           1994             1993(1)          1992(1)        1991(1)
                                                           ----           ----             -------          -------        -------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>                <C>               <C>            <C>    
Net sales                                               $ 80,279       $ 72,991           $ 48,971          $28,546        $22,186
Net loss from continuing operations                      (87,199)       (42,405)           (50,441)          (2,381)          (892)
Net loss per common share from continuing
operations                                                 (1.75)         (0.90)             (1.43)           (0.21)         (0.29)

As of December 31,                                         1995           1994              1993(1)          1992(1)        1991(1)
                                                           ----           ----             -------          -------         -------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>                <C>               <C>            <C>    
Total Assets                                            $292,564       $179,844           $135,644          $39,366        $34,646
Long-term debt (net of current portion) and 
redeemable preferred stock                               135,875         69,396             44,926            3,824          8,510

Shareholders' equity                                      76,262         77,356             69,244           24,432         15,351
</TABLE>

(1)  Historical  numbers were  restated  for the  acquisition  in January  1994,
through  a  merger,  of 100% of Metro  Net  Systems  Inc.  The  merger  has been
accounted for as a pooling of interests.

     The Company  did not pay a cash  dividend  on the Common  Stock  during any
period indicated.

     The  difference  in financial  results among the years is influenced by the
following  acquisitions  and  dispositions.  In April  1991,  87% of  Bogen  was
acquired.  In 1992  PowerSpectrum,  Inc.  was formed,  the  defense  segment was
discontinued  and an additional 4% of Bogen was  acquired.  In 1993 NB3,  Speech
Design, GMSI and the remaining interest in PowerSpectrum, Inc. were acquired and
Oram Electric Industries, Ltd., Oram Power Supplies 1990, Ltd. and Geopower were
sold.  In 1994,  49%  interests  in PBG and DBF and an 8% interest in Bogen were
acquired. In 1995, the Company sold its interests in Special Design and Bogen to
BCI in exchange for,  among other  things,  a 64% interest in BCI, the remaining
interests in PBG and DBF were acquired and the Company increased its interest in
PST from 56% to 94%.  See  "Item 7.  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

                                       23
<PAGE>

Item 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  discussion  should  be read  in  conjunction  with,  and is
qualified in its  entirety by, the  consolidated  financial  statements  and the
notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.

Results of Operations

General

     Over the past four  years,  the Company has devoted and expects to continue
to devote substantial financial and management resources to the development of a
low cost, high quality integrated digital voice and data wireless communications
network  ("GeoNet(TM)").  Although  Management  believes  GeoNet(TM) will have a
positive  effect on the Company's  results of operations in the long term, it is
expected  to have a  substantial  negative  effect on the  Company's  results of
operations in the short term. The Company  expects to incur  substantial  losses
and  have  negative  cash  flow  from  operations  for the  foreseeable  future,
attributable  primarily  to  the  operating,   sales,  marketing,   general  and
administrative  expenses  relating to the roll out of GeoNet(TM) as well as to a
high   investment   in  research  and   development   related  to  its  wireless
communications  activities.  There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will
operate at profitable levels or have positive cash flow from operations.

     The Company  currently groups its operations  primarily into three types of
activities: wireless communications,  communications products and corporate. The
Company's wireless  communications  subsidiaries are currently engaged primarily
in providing  trunked  mobile radio  services in the United  Kingdom and Germany
utilizing analog equipment,  developing and selling wireless data solutions, and
implementing a digital wireless communications system for the United States that
will  provide  integrated  wireless  communications  services.  The  Company  is
presently in the process of commencing  the rollout of  GeoNet(TM).  The Company
started  providing  commercial  services in  Philadelphia in January 1996 and in
February 1996  announced the  initiation of commercial  services on GeoNet TM in
Washington, DC and Baltimore, MD and in March 1996, announced commercial service
in New York.  The Company  intends to offer  GeoNet TM in over 35 markets by the
end of 1997.

     The Company's communications products subsidiaries are primarily engaged in
the development, manufacturing, and marketing of telephone peripherals and sound
and communications equipment.

Summary of Operations

1995 Compared to 1994

     Consolidated  revenues  increased  by  10%  in  1995,  principally  due  to
subscriber  growth of the  National  Band Three  Network  ("NBTL") in the United
Kingdom.

     Consolidated operating expenses increased by 40.2% in 1995, principally due
to increased research and development  activities  associated with the Company's
digital  wireless  communication  system  and costs  related  to the  rollout of
GeoNet(TM).

     Consolidated losses increased by $44.8 million to $87.2 million in 1995.

     On a consolidated basis, interest expense increased in 1995 principally due
to the July 1995 issuance of Senior Secured Discount Notes which accrue interest
at  15% as  well  as the  accretion  of the  value  of the  warrants  issued  in
connection with the Senior Secured Discount Notes.  Interest income increased in
1995 due to greater cash and cash  equivalents  which resulted from the issuance
of the Senior Secured Discount Notes.  Amortization  expense increased from $2.8
million in 1994 to $4.2 million in 1995 due to the Company's acquisitions of the
German Networks.


1994 Compared to 1993

     Consolidated  revenues  increased  by 49% in 1994,  principally  due to the
acquisition  of NBTL in July 1993 and higher  revenues  from the  communications
products segment.

                                       24
<PAGE>

     Consolidated operating expenses increased by 4.9% in 1994, due to increased
research  and  development  activities  associated  with the  Company's  digital
wireless  communication  system,  costs related to the rollout of GeoNet(TM) and
volume growth of the communications product segment.

     Consolidated losses from continuing operations decreased by $8.0 million to
$42.2 million in 1994.

     On a consolidated basis, interest expense increased in 1994 due to a higher
level of debt outstanding during the year. Interest income increased in 1994 due
to greater cash and cash  equivalents and higher rates earned on invested funds.
Amortization expense increased from $0.9 million in 1993 to $2.8 million in 1994
due to of the Company's 1993 and 1994 acquisitions.

Wireless Communications Activities

     The tables below set forth certain  information with respect to the results
of operations of the Company's Wireless Communications  Activities for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1994. The North  American  column  includes the U.S.
Wireless Network as well as the Company's GMSI and MetroNet subsidiaries.


1995 Compared to 1994

                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1995
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         German
                                           North America               NBTL             Networks            Total
                                           -------------               ----             --------            -----
  <S>                                             <C>               <C>                    <C>            <C>    
   Revenues                                       $7,294             $24,985                $707           $32,986
   Gross profit                                   (1,793)             15,514              (1,364)           12,357
     % of revenues                                  (25%)                62%               (193%)               37%
   Research and Development                       33,014                                                    33,014
   Marketing                                      10,906               5,585                 457            16,948
   General and Administrative                     12,649               3,507                 469            16,625
   Equity in losses of less than
     50% -owned entities                                                                   3,332             3,332
   Other income                                   (2,120)               (116)               (124)           (2,360)
   Income (loss) before
     interest and
     amortization & depr.                        (56,242)              6,538              (5,498)          (55,202)
   Amortization and
     depreciation                                  2,462               4,136               1,614             8,212
   Income (loss) before
     interest                                    (58,704)              2,402              (7,112)          (63,414)
   Net income (loss)                            ($58,311)             $1,194             ($7,254)         ($64,371)
   Subscribers                                                        57,400              11,800            69,200
</TABLE>

                                       25
<PAGE>

                       For the Year Ended December 31,1994
                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  North                                 German
                                                 America            NBTL               Networks             Total
                                                 -------            ----               --------             -----
<S>                                               <C>             <C>                                     <C>    
   Revenues                                       $5,897          $19,771                                 $25,668
   Gross profit                                    1,282           10,520                                  11,802
     % of revenues                                   22%              53%                                     46%
   Research and Development                       17,074                                                   17,074
   Marketing                                       4,419            4,455                                   8,874
   General and Administrative                     11,512            2,909                                  14,421
   Equity in loss of less than                 
     50% owned entities                                                                  $1,897             1,897
   Other income                                     (445)             (52)                                   (497)
   Income (loss) before                   
     interest and                         
     amortization & depr.                        (31,278)           3,208                (1,897)          (29,967)
   Amortization and                           
     depreciation                                  1,420            3,960                   504             5,884
   Loss before interest                      (32,698)            (752)               (2,401)          (35,851)
   Net loss                                     ($32,066)         ($1,045)              ($2,401)         ($35,512)
   Subscribers                                                     47,700                 5,200            52,900
</TABLE>
                                            

     Revenues from wireless communications  increased by $7.3 million or 29% for
the year ended December 31, 1995. This increase is primarily due to the increase
in the number of subscribers using the NBTL network (which totaled approximately
57,400 and 47,700 at December 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively)  as well as, the
inclusion  of the DBF and PBG German  Networks on the  consolidated  basis since
July 1995 and December 1995,  respectively,  amounting to $0.7 million.  Average
revenue per subscriber on the NBTL network remained constant.  Gross profit as a
percent of revenues increased as NBTL's cost are primarily fixed thus,  allowing
subscriber growth to increase the gross profit percentage.

     Research and development expenses (net of government grants) related to the
digital  wireless  system and  subscriber  unit were $33.0  million for the year
ended December 31, 1995. In 1995,  the Company  continued to receive grants from
the Chief  Scientist  of the  Ministry of Commerce  and  Industry of the Israeli
Government ("Chief  Scientist").  Such grants, which are recorded as a reduction
of research and development expenses, totaled $5.9 million in 1995 ($4.1 million
in 1994). Included in research and development expenses is a $5.6 million fourth
quarter  expense  related to scope  changes in the  development  of the  digital
wireless system. Additionally,  research and development expense includes a $6.0
million fourth  quarter  charge  related to payments for the  development of the
portable  subscriber unit. Also included in research and development  expense in
1995 is $2.0  million  relating  to  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued to Rafael
Development Corporation in consideration for a research and development project.
The Company expects significant research and development expenses to continue in
the future in connection  with  enhancements  made to the system and  subscriber
unit.

     The Company is presently in the process of commencing wireless service over
its proprietary GeoNet(TM) network and accordingly continues to put in place its
marketing,  engineering,   operations  and  administrative  staff  and  systems.
Marketing  expenses  increased by  approximately  $8.0 million or 90% due to the
commencement of the marketing effort and increase in staff needed to execute the
roll-out of GeoNetTM as well as volume  growth in the German and NBTL  networks.
General and administrative expenses increased $2.2 million due to an increase in
administrative  staff to support GeoNetTM as well as volume growth in the German
and NBTL networks.

                                       26
<PAGE>

     For Wireless Communications  Activities,  equity in losses of less than 50%
owned entities  increased to $3.3 for the year ended December 31, 1995 from $1.9
million in 1994. The 1995 loss relates to the Company's investment in its German
networks  prior  to the  acquisitions  of the  remaining  shares  of  these  two
networks.  The Company began to fully consolidate  these entities  subsequent to
the date of the acquisitions of the remaining  interests.  The 1994 loss relates
to both of the German networks for six months. These networks have only recently
begun operations and subscriber revenues do not cover operating expenses.  It is
expected  that these  networks  will  continue  to  generate  losses in the near
future.  The number of subscribers on these networks as of December 31, 1995 was
approximately 11,800.

     Wireless   activities   generated  a  loss  before  net  interest  expense,
amortization  and  depreciation of $55.2 million for the year ended December 31,
1995  compared to $30.0  million in 1994.  This increase is primarily due to the
increased  research  and  development  expense  as well as costs  related to the
commencement of the roll-out of the digital  wireless  communication  system for
the U.S.  network  (including  approximately  $2.4 million relating to shares of
common  stock  issued to Vanguard in  consideration  for  management  consulting
services, which was $2.5 million in 1994).

     The tables below set forth certain  information with respect to the results
of operations of the Company's Wireless  Communication  activities for the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1993. The North  American  column  includes the U.S.
Wireless Network as well as the Company's GMSI, Inc. and MetroNet subsidiaries.



                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1994
                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      
                                                                                    German
                                             North America          NBTL           Networks            Total
                                             -------------          ----           --------            -----
  <S>                                             <C>             <C>                                 <C>    
   Revenues                                       $5,897          $19,771                             $25,668
   Gross profit                                    1,282           10,520                              11,802
     % of revenues                                   22%              53%                                 46%
   Research and Development                       17,074                                               17,074
   Marketing                                       4,419            4,455                               8,874
   General and Administrative                     11,512            2,909                              14,421
   Equity in loss of less than
     50% owned entities                                                             $1,897              1,897
   Other income                                     (445)             (52)                               (497)
   Income (loss) before interest
     and amortization & Depr                     (31,278)           3,208           (1,897)           (29,967)
   Amortization and
     depreciation                                  1,420            3,960              504              5,884
   Income (loss) before interest                 (32,698)            (752)          (2,401)           (35,851)
   Net income (loss)                            ($32,066)         ($1,045)          ($2,401)          ($35,512)
   Subscribers                                                     47,700            5,200             52,900
</TABLE>

                                       27
<PAGE>

                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1993
                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    German
                                               North America          NBTL         Networks          Total
                                               -------------          ----         --------          -----
  <S>                                              <C>               <C>                           <C>    
   Revenues                                        $4,278            $8,060                        $12,338
   Gross profit                                       879             3,641                          4,520
     % of revenues                                    21%               45%                            37%
   Research and Development                        41,281                                           41,281
   Marketing                                          770             1,457                          2,227
   General and Administrative                       7,922             1,037                          8,959
   Equity in losses of less than                   
     50% -owned entities                           
   Other income                                    
   Loss before interest                        
     amortization & Depr.                          
     and minority interest                        (49,094)            1,147                        (47,947)
   Amortization and                                
     depreciation                                     510             1,330                          1,840
   Loss before interest and                    
     and minority interest                        (49,604)             (183)                       (49,787)
   Net loss                                      ($47,381)            ($299)                      ($47,680)
   Subscribers                                                       40,500                         40,500
</TABLE>

Wireless Communications

1994 Compared to 1993

     Revenues  from  wireless  communications   activities  increased  by  $13.3
million, or 108%, in 1994,  primarily due to the acquisitions of NBTL on July 1,
1993 (1994 revenues of NBTL were $19.8 million),  and GMSI, Inc. ("GMSI") on May
1, 1993 (1994  revenues of GMSI were $3.5  million).  The Company's 1993 results
include  the  results  of these  subsidiaries  from  their  date of  acquisition
forward,  while the results for 1994  include the results of these  subsidiaries
for the entire year.  On a pro forma basis  year-to-year  1994  revenues of NBTL
increased by 22%, while  revenues of GMSI declined  slightly.  In addition,  the
average number of subscribers on the NBTL network  increased by 29% in 1994. The
increase was the result of an  aggressive  marketing  program as well as through
the acquisition of smaller regional networks.  While average service revenue per
subscriber on the Company's  core customer base remained  unchanged in 1994, the
acquisition  of the smaller  regional  networks,  which  charge  lower  tariffs,
slightly  reduced NBTL's average  revenue per  subscriber in 1994.  U.S.  analog
wireless networks generated revenues of $2.5 million in 1994.

     Operating  expenses  decreased  $4.6 million or 8.0% in 1994. In 1993,  the
Company had a $32.4 million non-cash charge related to the July 1993 acquisition
of  the  minority  ownership  interest  in  PSI  (the  Company's  U.S.  wireless
communications  subsidiary).  In exchange  for all the shares of PSI that it did
not  already  own,  the  Company  issued  common  shares and  options to acquire
additional  shares.  The value of the consideration  paid over the fair value of
the net assets  acquired  ($32.4  million) has been attributed to the incomplete
research and  development  project and was charged to expense at the time of the
exchange.  Excluding the non cash charge of $32.4  million,  operating  expenses
increased by $27.7 million or 99%. Expenses at NBTL increased by $9.7 million in
1994,  including  $7.8 million for both the full year inclusion of NBTL, as well
as  network   operating  costs  to  service  the  larger   subscriber  base  and
approximately $1.9 million of additional  marketing and general costs.  Research
and development  expenses (net of grants) related to the digital wireless system
and  subscriber  unit  increased by $8.3 million or 94.0%.  In 1994, the Company
continued to receive  grants from the Chief  Scientist.  Such grants,  which are
recorded as a reduction  of  research  and  development  expenses  totaled  $4.0
million  in  1994  and  $2.8  million  in  1993.  Costs  related  to  marketing,

                                       28
<PAGE>

engineering,  operations  and  administrative  staff and systems  totaled  $14.8
million in 1994, an increase of $8.1 million over 1993.

     In 1994, the Company acquired  minority stakes in two wireless  networks in
Germany. The Company's 1994 loss related to these networks was $2.4 million.

     The  wireless  activities  generated  a loss before net  interest  expense,
amortization  and  depreciation  of $30.0  million in 1994 compared to a loss of
$48.0 million in 1993 due to the factors  discussed above.  Included in the 1994
loss were $17.0 million of research and development costs related to the digital
wireless communications system and $14.8 million of rollout costs related to the
U.S. network (including  approximately $2.5 million relating to shares of common
stock issued to Vanguard in consideration for management consulting services).


Communications Products Activities

     In August 1995, the Company transferred its interests in Speech Design GmbH
and Bogen  Communications,  Inc. to Bogen Communications  International  ("BCI")
formerly, European Gateway Acquisition Corporation, in exchange for $7.0 million
in cash, $3.0 million in convertible notes receivable,  approximately 64% of BCI
common  shares and  warrants to purchase  200,000  shares of BCI common stock at
$5.50 per  share.  The  Company  will also be  eligible  to  receive  additional
consideration  if the future  earnings of both Speech  Design and Bogen  through
July  1997  attain  certain  levels.   The  Company  continues  to  control  and
consolidate this entity.

     The table below sets forth certain  information with respect to the results
of operations of BCI as consolidated by the Company for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.

                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
                                                        December 31

                                            1995           1994          1993
                                            ----           ----          ----
   Revenues                               $44,518       $46,074        $30,060
   Gross profit                            17,180        16,428         11,829
       % of revenue                           39%           36%            39%
   Research and Development                 2,307         2,116          1,702
   Marketing                                9,960         8,913          6,374
   General and Administration               5,962         3,342          2,374
   Other income                              (236)
   Income before interest, tax,
       amortization & depreciation           (813)        2,057          1,379
   Amortization & depreciation              1,242         1,181            956
   Interest expense, tax & 
     minority interest                      2,069         1,245            388
   Net (loss) income                      $(4,124)        $(369)            35

                                       29
<PAGE>

1995 Compared to 1994

     Revenues from communications products activities for 1995 decreased by $1.6
million,  or 3% to $44.5 million.  The overall  decrease in revenues is due to a
decrease in the Office  Automation  System ("OAS") product line revenues of $7.8
million,  offset  by an  increase  in the core  product  line  revenues  by $6.2
million.  In December  1995,  due to continued  losses,  the management of Bogen
decided to phase out the OAS product line.

     Gross  profit  for 1995  increased  $0.8  million  and was  equal to 39% of
revenues,  compared  to 36% of  revenues  in 1994.  The  increase  was  entirely
attributable  to the  core  product  line,  in which  the  gross  profit  margin
increased to 45% in 1995,  from 40% in 1994,  due primarily to change in product
mix and higher average core sales prices.  This was offset by the recording of a
$1.5  million  reserve for certain  inventory  in the OAS product  line based on
lower of cost or market.

     The increase in  marketing  expense of $1.1 million and is due to marketing
programs  initiated  by Bogen to  stimulate  sales  in the OAS  product  line of
business as well as, growth in the core product line.

     The increase in general and administration  expenses of $2.6 million is due
primarily to costs to execute the aforementioned BCI transaction.

1994 Compared to 1993

     Revenues from communications products activities in 1994 increased by $16.0
million,  or 53%. Bogen increased its sales by $11.7 million,  mainly due to the
growth of its OAS product line.  Speech  Design's  1994 sales  increased by $4.1
million, or 115%.

     Cost of goods  sold in 1994,  amounted  to $29.7  million or 64.3% of sales
compared  to $18.2  million or 60.6% of sales in 1993.  This  decrease  in gross
profit as a percentage  of sales in 1994 reflects the change in product mix (the
new  products  introduced  by Bogen are  typically  sold at a lower  margin than
Bogen's  traditional  products),  the sales to large customers and private label
customers which enjoy volume  discounts,  and Bogen's  reduction of the carrying
value of certain  inventories by $0.9 million.  These factors were offset by the
consistently higher margins on Speech Design's products.

     Marketing  expenses  in 1994  amounted  to $8.9  million or 19.4% of sales,
compared  to $6.4  million  or 21.2% of sales  in 1993.  This  increase  of $2.5
million is largely  the result of higher  revenue  levels in general  and higher
distribution costs for Bogen's new products.

     General and  administrative  expenses in 1994 were $3.3  million or 7.2% of
sales,  compared to $2.4 million or 7.9% of sales in 1993. This increase of $0.9
million in general and administrative expenses is directly related to the higher
revenue levels at both Bogen and Speech Design.

     Income  before  interest,  depreciation,  amortization,  tax  and  minority
interest from the Company's  Communications Products activities amounted to $2.1
million in 1994 compared to $1.4 million in 1993.

Corporate Group

     The Corporate  Group  includes the  Company's  corporate  headquarters  and
Geotest, Inc. subsidiary.  The Company's Corporate Group generated a loss before
net  interest  expense,  amortization,  depreciation  and other  charges of $7.2
million for 1995,  compared to a loss of $5.9  million in 1994.  The increase is
primarily  due to the  general  and  administrative  costs  associated  with the
expansion of the corporate  group.  Revenues from corporate  group  subsidiaries
were $2.8 million in 1995, compared to revenues of $1.2 million in 1994.

                                       30
<PAGE>

     The Company's Corporate Group generated a loss before net interest expense,
amortization,  and other charges of $5.9 million in 1994,  compared to a loss of
$1.1 million in 1993.  Revenues  from  corporate  group  subsidiaries  were $1.2
million in 1994,  compared to revenues of $6.6 million in 1993.  The decrease in
revenue is  primarily  caused by the  disposal by the  Company of Oram  Electric
Industries  Ltd.,  Oram Power Supplies  (1990) Ltd., and Geopower,  Inc. In 1993
these entities generated a net loss of $0.3 million on revenues of $6.3 million.
Operating losses at the Company's Geotest,  Inc. subsidiary  increased from $0.7
million  in 1993 to $1.3  million  in 1994.  In  addition,  in 1994 the  Company
recorded a charge of $3.5 million as a reserve against a loan receivable.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The  Company  requires   significant  capital  to  implement  its  wireless
communications  strategy. In order to effect its strategy, the Company increased
its debt  borrowings  and entered into a series of  transactions,  including the
sale of debt and equity, mainly to strategic partners. At December 31, 1995, the
Company had $61.4 million of cash and cash equivalents.

     The Company's short term cash needs are primarily for capital  expenditures
related to the digital FHMATM system which GeoNet(TM) is deploying and the other
costs of rolling out the U.S.  network.  One of the  advantages of the Company's
FHMATM system is its modularity,  which allows the Company to execute a flexible
roll-out plan requiring a relatively low investment in infrastructure in a given
geographical area (compared to other wireless  communications  systems) which is
sufficient to provide commercial service.  Additionally,  the Company expects to
serve customers which require primarily local or regional  coverage.  Management
believes  therefore that the Company has  additional  flexibility in controlling
its resources by  accelerating  or slowing down the rate at which various cities
are rolled out without impacting the business results of its then operating city
or regional networks in a material way.

     The Company estimates that a minimum average investment of approximately $5
million is required to roll-out an average city. Additional expenditures will be
required later if and when increased  subscriber capacity or coverage is needed.
In addition,  the Company  estimates  that it will continue its present level of
research  and  development  expenses  during  the next 12 months  in  connection
primarily  with  enhancements  to the system and the  subscriber  unit and other
related projects.

     In  March  1996,  the  Company  issued  $75  million  Senior   Subordinated
Convertible  Notes  ("Convertible  Notes"),  due 2001. The Convertible Notes are
convertible  by the holders after one year from the date of issuance into common
stock at a  conversion  price equal to the lower of (i) $9.50 per share and (ii)
the weighted  average  market price of the share of Common Stock for ten trading
day  period  immediately  following  the 90th  day  after  issuance  date of the
Convertible Notes, but shall in no event be less than $8.25 per share.  Interest
on the  Convertible  Notes accrue at a rate of 12% per annum and will be payable
semi-annually on each February 15 and August 15 commencing  August 15, 1996. The
Convertible Notes are unsecured senior subordinated  obligations of the Company.
The  Convertible  Notes can be converted  at the option of the Company  after 18
months  if the  closing  price of the  Company's  common  stock for 20 of the 30
trading  days and for the five  trading  days before  conversion  is 160% of the
conversion price.

     On March 4, 1996,  the Company and S-C Rig  Investments - III,  L.P.  ("S-C
Rig"), a significant stockholder of the Company, which is affiliated with George
Soros,  reached an agreement in principle  pursuant to which S-C Rig will make a
$40.0  million  unsecured  credit  facility  available  to  the  Company.  It is
anticipated  that all borrowings  under the credit facility will accure interest
at a rate of 10% per annum and will mature four years from the date of the final
borrowing thereunder.  It also is anticipated that the Company will be obligated
to pay S-C Rig a fee equal to 3% of each borrowing  under the credit facility at
the time of such borrowing. Borrowings under the credit facility will constitute
senior  indebtedness of the Company. In connection with the establishment of the
credit  facility,  it is  anticipated  that the Company  will issue to S-C Rig a
five-year  warrant to purchase 4.2 million  shares of Common  Stock  (subject to
adjustment  in certain  circumstances)  at an exercise  price of $9.50 per share
(subject to adjustment in certain circumstances).  The transactions contemplated
by the credit  facility  are subject to a number of  conditions,  including  the
negotiation and execution of definitive  agreements and the authorization at the
Company's next annual meeting of sufficient additional shares of Common Stock to
permit the exercise in full of the warrant. There can be no assurances that the

                                       31
<PAGE>

Company  will  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by the  agreement in
principal on the terms described above, or at all.

     The  Company is  planning to raise  additional  capital  during the next 12
months to continue financing its current operating plan. The Company's long term
capital needs include the planned roll-out of the U.S. network in 36 cities, the
repayment of convertible  debt and redeemable  preferred  stock (if such are not
converted  into  equity),  to  finance  international   networks,  and  to  make
acquisitions of business in the field of  telecommunications  and of spectrum in
the United States and internationally. The Company is currently pursuing various
alternatives  for  raising  capital  including   issuance  of  equity  and  debt
securities,  vendor  financing,  as well as a  combination  thereof,  and  other
sources.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to obtain any
such  financing  on  acceptable  terms,  or at all.  The  failure to obtain such
financing  may cause the  Company to  significantly  alter its GeoNet TM rollout
plan.

     The following  discussion of liquidity and capital  resources,  among other
things,  details the changes in the Company's financial and cash position during
the year ended December 31, 1995.

     During 1995, cash and cash equivalents  increased by $33.9 million to $61.4
million, while working capital increased by $22.1 million to $69.2 million as of
December 31, 1995.

     Cash utilized in connection  with continuing  operating  activities for the
year ended December 31, 1995, amounted to $42.1 million.

     Cash outflows from investing activities, exclusive of decrease in temporary
investments of $14.0 million,  were $82.3  million.  The Company  expended $33.9
million on acquisitions of property,  equipment $13.1 million on SMR licenses in
the United  States,  and $6.4 million to purchase the remaining  stock of one of
the  German  subsidiaries  offset  by the  receipt  of $7.0  million  in the BCI
transactions.

     The Company's financing activities provided cash of $143.3 million. In July
1995,  the Company  issued,  in a private  offering,  $207.0  million  aggregate
principal  amount at maturity of 15% Senior Secured  Discount Notes due July 15,
2005  ("the  Notes").  Gross  proceeds  of the Notes were  approximately  $100.0
million.  The  Notes  were  issued  with  6,210,000  detachable  warrants  ("the
Warrants").  Each  Warrant  entitles the holder to purchase one share of Company
common stock at an exercise price of $9.90 per share.  The Notes accrue interest
until  maturity  at a rate of 15% per annum.  Interest  on the Notes are payable
semi-annually,  in cash, on July 15 and January 15, commencing January 15, 2001.
The Notes  include  covenants  that put  restrictions  on the Company  primarily
related to making certain investments and incurring  additional debt. In August,
in  connection  with the Notes,  S-C Rig purchased  approximately  $21.0 million
principal  amount of additional  units consisting of 15% Senior Secured Discount
Notes due 2005 and  621,000  ten year  warrants  to  purchase  shares of Company
common  stock  at  $9.90  per  share.   Gross   proceeds  to  the  Company  were
approximately $10.0 million, bringing the total gross proceeds from the issuance
of the Notes to $110.0 million.  In addition,  the Notes are collateralized by a
pledge of the capital  stock owned by the Company in NBTL,  PowerSpectrum,  Inc.
and subsidiaries, MetroNet Systems, Inc., Geotek Communications GmbH and BCI.

     In March 1995,  the Company  refinanced the $25.0 million of Senior Secured
Notes,  that were  originally due in September 1995, with $36.0 million of newly
issued  Senior  Secured Notes  ("Replacement  Notes").  At closing,  the Company
received net proceeds of $11.0  million and issued  warrants to the purchaser to
acquire  700,000  of the  Company's  common  shares at  $8.125  per  share.  The
Replacement Notes are payable in three equal installments  fifteen,  twenty four
and thirty six months after the closing. Interest at 14.75% is payable quarterly
through the term of the  Replacement  Notes.  In accordance with the Replacement
Note  agreement,  the  Replacement  Notes are being converted into shares of the
Company's  common stock subject to daily limits and certain other  restrictions,
at 87.5% of the  average  trading  price of the  Company's  common  stock on the
respective  conversion  dates.  As of December 31,  1995,  $8.0 million has been
converted into 1,228,000  shares of common stock. As a result of the issuance of
the  aforementioned  Replacement Notes in July 1995, the Company's  indebtedness
under  the  Replacement  Notes was  restructured  in  accordance  with the terms
thereof by the grant to the lenders of a security  interest in a restricted cash
account holding  approximately  $40.5 million and as of December 31, 1995, $30.9
million remains  restricted.  As conversion of the Replacement  Notes occurs,  a

                                       32
<PAGE>

proportionate amount of the restricted cash becomes unrestricted. This amount is
recorded  on the  balance  sheet of the  Company,  as  restricted  cash,  and is
expected to satisfy the principal and total interest of the  Replacement  Notes.
This security  interest  released the original  collateral  for the  Replacement
Notes.

     The Company paid cash  dividends  totaling $4.1 million on its  outstanding
preferred  stocks.  Proceeds  from the exercise of warrants and options  totaled
approximately $1.1 million in 1995.

     In April 1995, the Company completed the previously announced sale of $10.0
million of Series K Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred  shares to the  Company's
partner in a joint  venture  which is  attempting to secure a license to provide
wireless  services  in Korea.  The shares  pay a dividend  of 7% per annum for 5
years,  carry a conversion premium and can be redeemed by the Company in certain
circumstances.

     In May 1995,  the Company  sold  531,463  shares of its Series L Cumulative
Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series L Stock"), to Toronto Dominion Investments,
Inc. ("TDI") for an aggregate purchase price of $5.0 million. In connection with
this  transaction,   in  September  1995,   Vanguard   Cellular  Systems,   Inc.
("Vanguard"),  a stockholder  of the Company,  purchased an  additional  531,463
shares of Series L Stock for an aggregate  purchase  price of $5.0 million.  The
shares pay a dividend of 7.5% per annum, contain a conversion premium and can be
redeemed by the Company in certain circumstances.

     In connection with Vanguard's  purchase of the Series L Stock,  the parties
agreed to modify the terms of certain options (the "Options") to purchase shares
of the Company's  common stock granted to Vanguard  pursuant the Stock  Purchase
Agreement between the Company and Vanguard dated December 29, 1993.  Pursuant to
these  modifications,  the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the
Options was decreased  from ten million shares to seven million  shares.  Of the
remaining  Options,  Options to purchase  two million  shares of common Stock at
$15.00  per share and two  million  shares of Common  Stock at $16.00  per share
expire  September  1, 1996  ($16.00 per share  options are subject to a March 1,
1997  extension  under  certain  circumstances)  and Options to  purchase  three
million  shares of Common  Stock at $17.00  per share  expire  one year from the
expiration of the $16.00  options.  After giving effect to these  modifications,
Vanguard  and TDI each hold  one-half of the options  exercisable  at $15.00 per
share,  Vanguard holds six-sevenths of each of the Options exercisable at $16.00
and $17.00  per share,  respectively  and TDI holds  one-seventh  of each of the
options exercisable at $16.00 and $17.00 per share, respectively.

     In May 1995,  the Company  sold  1,162.5  shares of its Series M Cumulative
Convertible  Preferred Stock ("Series M Stock"),  to a group of investors for an
aggregate  purchase price of $11,625,000.  The shares pay a dividend of 8.5% per
annum,  contain a  conversion  premium  and can be  redeemed  by the  Company in
certain circumstances.

     In July 1995,  the Company  acquired the remaining  50.1% of the one of the
German  Networks  that it did not own  for DM 9.0  million  (approximately  $6.3
million) and in December 1995, the Company received  regulatory approval for the
transfer of the 51% of the other German Networks network it did not already own.
In the near term these  networks will require  additional  funding as subscriber
revenue does not cover operating costs and capital needs. The Company is seeking
outside sources of funding for the networks.

     In October 1995,  the Company sold 338,000 shares of common stock to Rafael
Development Corporation for $3.0 million.

     In November  1995, the Company  exchanged  certain  MetroNet  licenses with
Nextel Communications,  Inc. whereby the Company received 900 MHZ radio channels
in seven major U.S.  markets.  The exchange was accounted for as a  non-monetary
transaction and no gain or loss was recognized.

     In December 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with Hughes Network
Systems  ("HNS"),  a unit of Hughes  Electronics  Corporation  whereby  HNS will
extend a $24.5  million line of credit to the Company for a period of two years.
This line of credit may be used to acquire  additional  900 MHZ  spectrum in the
United  States.  The loans made  under this  agreement  bear  interest,  payable

                                       33
<PAGE>

quarterly,  at a fixed  rate of 12%.  As of  December  31,  1995,  there were no
borrowings under this line.

     The debt  agreements of the Company  contain  restrictions  on the Company,
affecting, among other things, the ability of the Company to incur indebtedness,
make  prepayments of certain  indebtedness,  pay common stock dividends and make
certain investments.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

     In March 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")  issued
SFAS No.  121  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets  and for
Long-Lived  Assets  to be  Disposed  of" which is  effective  for  fiscal  years
begining  after  December 31, 1995. The Company will adopt this standard in 1996
and is  presently  analyzing  the impact of this new  standard on its  financial
position and results of operations.

     In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123  "Accounting  for Stock-Based
Compensation"  which is effective for fiscal years  begining  after December 15,
1995. The Company will adopt the  disclosure  provisions of this new standard in
1996.  Therefore,  this new  standard  will not have an effect on the  Company's
financial position and results of operations.


Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The  remainder  of this page is  intentionally  left blank.  The  Financial
Statements of the Company begin on the following page.

                                       34
<PAGE>

                  GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                       Pages

Financial Statements:

Geotek Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries                          

     Reports of Independent Accountants                              F-1 - F-2

     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994    F-3

     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
       December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993                              F-4 - F-5 

     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for 
       the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993              F-6 - F-7

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
       December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993                              F-8 - F-9

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                      F-10 - F-39


Separate Company Financial Statements for Subsidiaries whose
     Capital Stock is Pledged as Collateral.

     National Band Three, Ltd.                                       F-40 - F-60

     Bogen Communications International, Inc and Subsidiaries        F-61 - F-84

                                       35
<PAGE>

Item 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
           AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

           None

                                    PART III

     The  information  called  for by Items 10,  11, 12 and 13  (except  for the
information regarding executive officers called for by Item 10 which is included
in Part I hereof  as Item A in  accordance  with  General  Instruction  G(3)) is
hereby  incorporated by reference from the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement
for its 1996  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  which  will be filed  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  within 120 days of the end of the Company's
fiscal year.


                                     PART IV

Item 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

   (a)(1) Financial Statements

          See  "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

   (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule

          Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts


     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

          The  following  Current  Report on Form 8-K was  filed by the  Company
          during the fourth quarter of 1995:

          Current  Report,  dated  December  21,  1995,  reporting  that a newly
          incorporated  subsidiary of the Company, Geotek Financing Corporation,
          entered  into a loan  agreement  with  Hughes  Network  Systems,  Inc.
          ("HNS")  pursuant  to which  HNS is  providing  up to  $24,500,000  of
          financing, in the form of a note bearing interest at a rate of 12% per
          annum,  for use in  connection  with the  future  purchase  of 900 MHz
          licenses from the FCC and from existing third party holders thereof.

     (c)  Exhibits

          The  following  exhibits  are  filed as part of this  report  (Exhibit
          numbers  correspond to the exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation
          S-K for an Annual Report on Form 10-K):

                                       36
<PAGE>

       Exhibit
         No.
       -------

     3.1  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended.(1)

     3.2  By-Laws of the Company, as amended through May 30, 1992.(2)

     4.1  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company,  as amended
          (incorporated from Exhibit 3.1 above).(1)

     4.2  By-Laws of the Company,  as amended through May 30, 1992 (incorporated
          from Exhibit 3.2 above).(2)

     4.3  Certificate  of  Designation  of  Series  H  Participating  Cumulative
          Convertible Preferred Stock.(3)

     4.4  Certificate  of   Designation  of  Series  I  Cumulative   Convertible
          Preferred Stock.(1)

     4.5  Certificate  of   Designation  of  Series  K  Cumulative   Convertible
          Preferred Stock. (4)

     4.6  Certificate  of   Designation  of  Series  L  Cumulative   Convertible
          Preferred Stock. (5)

     4.7  Certificate  of   Designation  of  Series  M  Cumulative   Convertible
          Preferred Stock. (5)

  ** 4.8  1989 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended, of the Company.(6)

  ** 4.9  1994 Employee Stock Option Plan of the Company.(7)

     4.10 Certificate of Amendment of the Restated  Certificate of Incorporation
          of the Company filed February 26, 1993.(8)

     4.11 Certificate of Amendment of the Restated  Certificate of Incorporation
          of the Company filed February 16, 1994.(1)

     4.12 Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1993, by and
          between the Company and SC-Geo L.P.(9)

     4.13 Form  of  30-month  Warrant   Certificate   granted  to  Investors  in
          connection  with Note and Warrant  Purchase  Agreement  referenced  in
          Exhibit 4.12, dated July 2, 1993.(9)

     4.14 Form  of  60-month  Warrant   Certificate   granted  to  Investors  in
          connection  with Note and Warrant  Purchase  Agreement  referenced  in
          Exhibit 4.12, dated July 2, 1993.(9)

     4.15 Form of 30-month  Commitment Warrant  Certificate granted to Investors
          in connection with Note and Warrant Purchase  Agreement  referenced in
          Exhibit 4.12, dated June 1, 1993.(9)

     4.16 Form of 60-month  Commitment Warrant  Certificate granted to Investors
          in connection with Note and Warrant Purchase  Agreement  referenced in
          Exhibit 4.12, dated June 1, 1993.(9)

     4.17 Senior  Secured  Note  dated  July 2, 1993 from the  Company to The SC
          Fundamental  Value Fund,  L.P. for the aggregate  principal  amount of
          $8,592,000.(9)

                                       37
<PAGE>

     4.18 Senior  Secured  Note  dated  July 2,  1993  (together  with  the note
          referenced in Exhibit 4.17,  above, the "NBTL Notes") from the Company
          to The SC  Fundamental  Value  BVI Ltd.  for the  principal  aggregate
          amount of $3,408,000.(9)

     4.19 Pledge Agreement,  dated as of July 2, 1993, by and among the Company,
          The SC  Fundamental  Value  Fund,  L.P.  [on behalf of itself]  and SC
          Fundamental Value BVI, Ltd.(9)

     4.20 Note and Warrant  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of March 20, 1995, by
          and among the  Company,  The SC  Fundamental  Value Fund,  L.P. and SC
          Fundamental Value BVI, LTD.(7)

     4.21 Warrant  Certificate  in  connection  with Note and  Warrant  Purchase
          Agreement referenced in Exhibit 4.20, dated March 30, 1995.(7)

     4.22 Warrant  Certificate  in  connection  with Note and  Warrant  Purchase
          Agreement referenced in Exhibit 4.20, dated March 30, 1995.(7)

     4.23 Senior Secured  Convertible Note dated March 30, 1995 from the Company
          in connection with the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement  referenced
          in Exhibit 4.20.(7)

     4.24 Senior Secured  Convertible Note dated March 30, 1995 from the Company
          in connection with the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement  referenced
          in Exhibit 4.20.(7)

     4.25 Pledge  Agreement,  dated as of  March  30,  1995,  by and  among  the
          Company,  certain of its  subsidiaries,  and SC  Fundamental  Inc., as
          agent for, and on behalf of The SC Fundamental Value Fund, L.P. and SC
          Fundamental Value BVI, LTD.(7)

     4.26 Unit (Note and Warrant)  Purchase  Agreement,  dated June 29, 1995, by
          and between the Company and Smith Barney Inc. (10)

     4.27 Indenture,  dated as of June 30,  1995,  between  the  Company and IBJ
          Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as trustee. (10)

     4.28 Notes  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated June 29,  1995,  by and
          between the Company and Smith Barney Inc. (10)

     4.29 Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 6, 1995, by and between the Company
          and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as collateral agent. (10)

     4.30 Share Transfer  Agreement,  dated July 6, 1995 between the Company and
          IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as collateral agent. (10)

     4.31 Charge Over  Shares,  dated July 6, 1995,  between the Company and IBJ
          Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as collateral agent. (10)

     4.32 Warrant  Agreement,  dated as of June 30,  1995,  by and  between  the
          Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as warrant agent. (10)

     4.33 Warrant  Share  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated  July 6, 1995,
          between the Company and Smith Barney Inc. (10)

                                       38
<PAGE>

     4.34 Defeasance Security Agreement,  dated as of July 6, 1995, by and among
          the Company and SC Fundamental Inc., as agent for and on behalf of the
          SC Fundamental  Value Fund,  L.P. and SC  Fundamental  Value BVI, Ltd.
          (10)

     4.35 Loan  agreement  dated as of December 21, 1995 between the Company and
          Hughes Network Systems, Inc. (11)

     4.36 Note  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  March 4, 1996,  by and  between the
          Company and Smith Barney Inc.(12)

     4.37 Indenture, dated as of March 5, 1996, between the Company and The Bank
          of New York, as trustee. (12)

     4.38 Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated  March 5,  1996,  between  the
          Company and Smith Barney Inc. (12)

     10.1 Stockholders  Voting  Agreement,  dated as of February 23, 1994, among
          the Company, Vanguard Cellular Systems, Inc., S-C Rig Investments-III,
          L.P., Evergreen Canada-Israel  Investment & Co., Ltd., Yaron Eitan and
          Winston Churchill.(1)

     10.2 Asset Exchange  Agreement,  dated as of March 24, 1995, by and between
          the Company, Metro Net Systems, Inc., Nextel Communications,  Inc. and
          certain Nextel subsidiaries. (7)

     10.3 FMHA  Commercial  Subscriber  Unit Agreement dated as of June 8, 1994,
          between the Company and Mitsubishi Consumer Electronics America,  Inc.
          (13)

     10.4 FMHA  Portable   Subscriber  Unit  Agreement dated as of May 19, 1995,
          between the Company and Hughes Network Systems, Inc. (13)

*    12   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

*    21   Subsidiaries of the Company.

*    23.1 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.- 
               Geotek Communications, Inc. 
               Bogen Communications International, Inc.

*    23.2 Consent of Shachak & Co. -
               PowerSpectrum Technology Ltd.

     23.3 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand - 
               National Bank Three Limited

*    Filed herewith

**   Compensation Plan

- ----------
(1)  Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's Annual Report on
     Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.

(2)  Incorporated  by reference to the  Exhibits to the  Company's  Registration
     Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-64117) filed with the Commission
     on November 9, 1995.

                                       39
<PAGE>

(3)  Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Exhibits  to  Amendment  No.  1 to the
     Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-3  (Registration No. 33-72820)
     filed with the Commission on January 25, 1994.

(4)  Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Exhibits  to  Amendment  No.  1 to the
     Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-3  (Registration No. 33-85296)
     filed with the Commission on May 26, 1995.

(5)  Incorporated  by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's  Current Report
     on Form 8-K dated May 26, 1995.

(6)  Incorporated  by reference to the  Exhibits to the  Company's  Registration
     Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-72820) filed with the Commission
     on December 10, 1993.

(7)  Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's Annual Report on
     Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

(8)  Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2
     to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1  (Registration  No.
     33-42185) filed with the Commission on August 27, 1993.

(9)  Incorporated  by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's  Current Report
     on Form 8-K/A No. 1 filed with the Commission  with respect to events whose
     earliest date was June 18, 1993.

(10) Incorporated  by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's  Current Report
     on Form 8-K dated July 6, 1995.

(11) Incorporated  by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's  current report
     on Form 8-K dated Decemebr 27, 1995.

(12) Incorporated  by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's  Current Report
     on Form 8-K dated March 4, 1996.

(13) Incorporated  by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's  current report
     on Form 8-K/A dated June 26, 1995.

                                       40
<PAGE>

                           GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (In Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Column A                                   Column B     Column C (1)      Column C (2)       Column D             Column E
 --------                                 ----------     ------------      ------------       --------             --------
                                          Balance at      Charged to                                              Balance at
                                           Beginning        osts and                                                 End of
                                           of Period        Expenses             Other        Deduction              Period
                                           ---------        --------             -----        ---------              ------

Description
<S>                                           <C>               <C>                                <C>               <C>   
Year ended December 31, 1995:
Allowance for doubtful accounts               $1,125            $950                               $588              $1,487
Deferred tax asset valuation account          15,400                            28,050                               43,450
Reserve for inventory
    lower of cost or market                    1,293           2,504                                939               2,858
                                               -----           -----         ---------            -----               -----
                                             $17,818          $3,454           $28,050           $1,527             $47,785
                                             =======          ======           =======             ====             =======
Year ended December 31, 1994:
Allowance for doubtful accounts                 $840            $527                               $242(a)           $1,125
Deferred tax asset valuation account           5,877                             9,523                               15,400
Reserve for inventory
     lower of cost or market                      99           1,195                                  1(b)            1,293
                                               -----           -----            ------             ----               -----
                                              $6,816          $1,722            $9,523             $243             $17,818
                                              ======          ======            ======             ====             =======
Year ended December 31, 1993:
Allowance for doubtful accounts                  $69             $93              $678(c,d)                            $840
Deferred tax asset valuation account           2,767                             3,110                                5,877
Reserve for inventory
     lower of cost or market                      45              15                39  (c)                              99
                                                 ---             ---             -----                                 ----
                                                $114            $108            $3,827                               $6,816
                                                 ===             ===             =====                                =====
</TABLE>


(a) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

(b) Write-off of obsolete inventory.

(c) Assumed through acquisition.

(d) Liability of deconsolidated and partially disposed entity.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


By: /s/ Yaron I. Eitan
    ------------------
    Yaron I. Eitan, Director, President and
    Chief Executive Officer

Date:   March 28, 1996


     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed on March 28, 1996 by the  following  persons on behalf of
the registrant in the capacities indicated.


/s/ Winston Churchill                Chairman of the Board
- ---------------------------
    Winston Churchill


/s/ Yaron I. Eitan                   Director, President and Chief Executive
- ---------------------------
    Yaron I. Eitan                   Officer (Principal Executive Officer)


/s/ Walter E. Auch                   Director
- ---------------------------
    Walter E. Auch


/s/ George Calhoun                   Director
- ---------------------------
    George Calhoun


/s/ Purnendu Chatterjee              Director
- ---------------------------
    Purnendu Chatterjee


/S/ Haynes Griffin                   Director
- ---------------------------
    Haynes Griffin


/s/ Richard Krants                   Director
- ---------------------------
    Richard Krants


/s/ Richard T. Liebhaber             Director
- ---------------------------
    Richard T. Liebhaber


/s/ Haim Rosen                       Director
- ---------------------------
    Haim Rosen


/s/ Kevin Sharer                     Director
- ---------------------------
    Kevin Sharer


/s/ William Spier                    Director
- ---------------------------
    William Spier

<PAGE>

/s/ Michael McCoy                    Senior Vice President and Chief  Financial
- ---------------------------
    Michael McCoy                    Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Michael Carus                    Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate
- ---------------------------
    Michael Carus                    Controller

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
                                  -------------
Exhibit
  No.
- -------

12             Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
23.1           Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.-
                     Geotek Communications, Inc.
                     Bogen Communications International, Inc.
23.2           Consent of Shachak & Co. -
                     PowerSpectrum Technology Ltd.
23.3           Consent of Coopers & Lybrand -
                     National Band Three Limited

<PAGE>

                     [Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. Letterhead]

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

                                   ----------



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Geotek Communications, Inc.


We have  audited the  consolidated  financial  statements  and the  consolidated
financial statement schedule of Geotek Communications,  Inc. and Subsidiaries as
listed in Item 14(a)(1) and (2) of this Form 10-K.  The  consolidated  financial
statements  and  the   consolidated   financial   statement   schedule  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion  on  these  consolidated   financial  statements  and  the  consolidated
financial statement schedule based on our audits. We did not audit the financial
statements of  PowerSpectrum  Technologies,  Ltd., a  consolidated  research and
development  joint venture,  which  statements  reflect  losses from  continuing
operations of approximately 22%, 28%, and 34% of the corresponding  consolidated
totals in 1995, 1994 and 1993,  respectively.  These  statements were audited by
other auditors whose reports have been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar
as it relates to the amounts included for PowerSpectrum  Technologies,  Ltd. for
1995, 1994, and 1993 is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether the  consolidated  financial  statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit  includes  examining,  on a test basis
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  consolidated  financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
consolidated financial statement  presentation.  We believe that our audits, and
the reports of other auditors, provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  based on our audits and the  reports  of other  auditors,  the
consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above  present  fairly,  in all
material respects, the consolidated financial position of Geotek Communications,
Inc. and  Subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1995 and 1994,  and the  consolidated
results of its  operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.  In addition, in our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of
other  auditors,  the  financial  statement  schedule  referred  to above,  when
considered  in  relation  to the basic  financial  statements  taken as a whole,
present  fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  information  required  to be
included therein.






                                              COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.



New York, New York
March 26, 1996

                                     F - 1

<PAGE>

                    [Shachak Peer Reznick & Co. Letterhead]


                                AUDITORS' REPORT

To the shareholders of
POWERSPECTRUM TECHNOLOGY LTD.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of POWERSPECTRUM TECHNOLOGY LTD.
(hereinafter  - "the  Company")  as of  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  and the
statements of operation,  changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for the
two years  ended  December  31,  1995 and for the  fifteen  month  period  ended
December 31, 1993.  These  financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's Board of Directors and management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards,  including those prescribed under the Israeli  Auditors'  Regulations
(Auditors' Mode of Performance),  1973. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement,  whether caused by an error in the
financial statements or by an irregularity therein. An audit includes examining,
on a test basis evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates made by the Company's  Board of Directors and management,
as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.  We believe
that our audits provide a fair basis for our opinion.

The  financial  statements  referred to above have been prepared on the basis of
historical  cost,  restated  for the  general  purchasing  power of the  Israeli
currency,  in conformity  with  statements of the Institute of Certified  Public
Accountants in Israel.  Condensed  financial  statements in nominal values,  are
presented in Note 18.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of the Company as of December 31,
1995 and 1994 and the results of operations, changes in shareholders' equity and
its cash flows for the two years  ended  December  31,  1995 and for the fifteen
month ended December 31, 1993, in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles in Israel which are essentially  identical in all material matters to
the accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.

Pursuant to Section 211 of the Companies  Ordinance (New Version) 1983, we state
that we have obtained all the information and  explanations we required and that
our opinion on the abovementioned financial statements is given according to the
best of our information and the explanations  received by us and as shown by the
books of the Company.

Without  qualifying our opinion,  we draw attention to Note 1B as to the Company
being in the  developing  stage of certain  applications  of its  products.  The
Company's  ability to continue  its  operation  is  contingent  upon  funding by
shareholders or others.


/s/ SHACHAK PEER REZNICK & CO.
Shachak Peer Reznick & Co.
Certified Public Accountants (Israel)

Tel Aviv, March 26, 1996


                                      F-2
<PAGE>


                  GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        As of December 31, 1995 and 1994
                  (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

                                                            1995         1994
    ASSETS                                                ---------    ---------
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                                $  61,428    $  27,531
Temporary investments                                        7,945       21,960
Restricted cash                                             36,971        2,555
Accounts receivables trade, net of allowance
  for doubtful accounts of $1,487 in 1995
  and $1,125 in 1994                                        14,028       11,371
Inventories                                                 10,483        8,667
Deposits for spectrum licenses                              11,500
Prepaid expenses and other assets                            5,621        7,468
                                                         ---------    ---------

  Total current assets                                     147,976       79,552

Investments in affiliates                                    3,078       26,582
Property, plant and equipment, net                          66,110       24,446
Intangible assets, net                                      68,181       46,099
Other assets                                                 7,219        3,165
                                                         ---------    ---------
                                                         $ 292,564    $ 179,844
                                                         =========    =========

   LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable - trade                                 $  17,948    $  12,490
Accrued expenses and other                                  23,005       12,315
Notes payable, banks and other                               8,285        5,641
Current maturities, long-term debt                          29,577        2,056
                                                         ---------    ---------
   Total current liabilities                                78,815       32,502
                                                         ---------    ---------

Long-term debt                                              95,875       29,396
Other non current liabilities                                1,217          198
Minority interest                                              395          392

Redeemable preferred stock                                  40,000       40,000
Commitments and contingent liabilities

Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stocks, $.01 par value:                             11
  Common stock, $.01 par value:
     Authorized 99,000,000 and 86,000,000
     issued 55,251,000 and 50,869,000
     shares respectively, outstanding 55,031,000 and
     50,631,000 shares, respectively                           553          509
  Capital in excess of par value                           272,456      186,651
  Foreign currency translation adjustment                    1,012          767
  Accumulated deficit                                     (196,384)    (109,185)
  Treasury stock, at cost (238,000 common shares)           (1,386)      (1,386)
                                                         ---------    ---------
                                                            76,262       77,356
                                                         ---------    ---------
                                                         $ 292,564    $ 179,844
                                                         =========    =========

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F - 3

<PAGE>

                  GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
              for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1995         1994         1993
                                                              ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>      
Revenues:
Net product sales                                             $  52,613    $  48,370    $  37,501
Service income                                                   27,666       24,621       11,470
                                                              ---------    ---------    ---------

Total revenues                                                   80,279       72,991       48,971
                                                              ---------    ---------    ---------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of goods sold                                               32,380       31,174       25,653
Cost of services                                                 20,391       16,578        7,958
Research and development                                         35,580       19,477       10,570
Acquisition of minority interest of a subsidiary
  assigned to a research and development project                                           32,430
Marketing                                                        28,024       18,291        8,913
General and administrative                                       30,827       19,850       12,508
Interest expense                                                 16,714        3,101        2,591
Interest income                                                  (5,148)      (2,761)      (1,188)
Amortization of intangibles                                       4,162        2,772          919
Equity in losses of investees                                     4,895        3,056           34
Other expenses (income)                                          (2,597)       3,027          479
                                                              ---------    ---------    ---------

Total costs and expenses                                        165,228      114,565      100,867
                                                              ---------    ---------    ---------

Loss from continuing operations before taxes
    on income and minority interest                             (84,949)     (41,574)     (51,896)
Taxes on income                                                  (2,222)        (660)
Minority interest                                                   (28)        (171)       1,455
                                                              ---------    ---------    ---------

Loss from continuing operations                                 (87,199)     (42,405)     (50,441)
Discontinued operations:
    Gain on disposal                                                                          323
                                                              ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                                              323
                                                              ---------    ---------    ---------
Loss before extraordinary item and
    cumulative effect of accounting change                      (87,199)     (42,405)     (50,118)
Extraordinary item - loss from early extinguishment of debt                                (2,340)

Cumulative effect of change in fiscal year of subsidiary                                   (1,207)
                                                              ---------    ---------    ---------

Net loss                                                        (87,199)     (42,405)     (53,665)

Preferred dividends                                              (4,132)      (2,066)        (246)
                                                              ---------    ---------    ---------

Net loss applicable to common stock                           $ (91,331)   $ (44,471)   $ (53,911)
                                                              =========    =========    ---------
</TABLE>

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F - 4

<PAGE>

                  GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS, (Continued)
              for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

                                                1995         1994         1993
                                               ------       ------       ------ 
Weighted average number of common
  shares outstanding                        52,329,000   49,687,000   35,579,000
                                            ==========   ==========   ==========
                                  

Per common share:
Loss from continuing operations,
    after preferred dividends                  $(1.75)      $(0.90)      $(1.43)
  Discontinued operations:                    
    Gain on disposal                                                       0.01
                                               ------       ------       ------ 
Loss before extraordinary item and            
    cumulative effect of accounting change      (1.75)       (0.90)       (1.42)
Extraordinary item - loss from early          
    extinguishment of debt                                                (0.07)
Cumulative effect of change in fiscal         
    year of subsidiary                                                    (0.03)
                                               ------       ------       ------ 
                                              
  Net loss applicable to common shares         $(1.75)     $( 0.90)      $(1.52)
                                                =====       ======        =====




                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F - 5

<PAGE>

                  GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
         as of and for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
                                 (In Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  
                                                                                               Foreign                              
                                              Preferred Stock    Common    Stock  Capital in   Currency                             
                                              ----------------   ------   ------   Excess of  Translation   Accumulated    Treasury 
                                              Shares    Amount   Shares   Amount   Par Value   Adjustment     Deficit       Stock
                                              ------    ------   ------   ------   ---------   ----------   -----------    -------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>   <C>        <C>    <C>            <C>           <C>        <C>     
Balance, January 1, 1993                     1,096      $  11    21,814    $219    $ 49,154                    $(13,115)  $(11,837)
Issuance of common stock and warrants:                                                                                   
Unit offering, net of related costs                               4,952      50      18,286                              
   Exercise of warrants and options                              13,343     133      36,674                              
   Acquisition of Speech Design                                     552       5       3,137                              
   Conversion of preferred stock              (484)        (5)    1,323      13          (8)                             
   Other                                                             92       1         269                              
Issuance of options in connection                                                                                        
   with the acquisition of Gandalf                                                      303                              
Capital contributed to Metro Net                                                        107                              
Issuance of warrants in connection                                                                                       
   with note payable                                                                  3,708                              
Issuance of shares and options in                                                                                        
   connection with the acquisition of                                                                                    
   minority interest in PSI                                       5,113      51      37,589                                 (1,386)
Retirement of Treasury Stock                  (267)        (3)   (1,200)    (12)    (11,822)                                11,837
Translation Adjustments                                                                            (204)                 
Preferred dividends                                                                    (246)                             
Net loss                                                                                                        (53,665) 
                                               ---         --    ------     ----   --------      ------         -------    -------
                                                                                                                         
Balance, January 1, 1994                       345         $3    45,989     $460   $137,151       $(204)       $(66,780)   $(1,386)
Issuance of common stock and warrants:                                                                                   
   Exercise of warrants and options                               1,394       14      3,833                              
   Conversion of Series A preferred stock     (345)        (3)      345        3                                         
Acquisition of minority interest in Bogen                           233        2      3,439                              
Sale to Vanguard pursuant to                                                                                             
   stock purchase agreement                                       2,500       25     29,225                              
Issuance of shares to Vanguard pursuant to                                                                               
   management consulting agreement                                  258        3      2,514                              
Acquisition of additional interest in GMSI                          150        2      1,630                              
Issuance of warrants in                                                                                                  
   connection with note payable                                                         925                              
Issuance of Series I Preferred Stock                                                 10,000                              
Preferred dividends                                                                  (2,066)                             
Changes in currency translation adjustment                                                          971                  
Net Loss                                        __         __    ______     ____                                (42,405) 
                                                                                   --------        ----         -------    ------
Balance, December 31, 1994                       0         $0    50,869     $509   $186,651        $767       $(109,185)   $(1,386)
</TABLE>

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
                                                      
                                     F - 6

<PAGE>

                  GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY, Continued
         as of and for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
                                 (in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 
                                                                                               Foreign                              
                                              Preferred Stock    Common    Stock   Capital in   Currency                           
                                              ----------------   ------   ------   Excess of  Translation   Accumulated    Treasury
                                              Shares    Amount   Shares   Amount   Par Value   Adjustment     Deficit       Stock
                                              ------    ------   ------   ------   ---------   ----------   -----------    -------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>   <C>        <C>    <C>            <C>       <C>            <C>     
Balance, January 1, 1995                            0      $0    50,869     $509   $186,651       $767      $(109,185)     $(1,386)
Issuance of common stock and warrants:                                                                                   
      Exercise of warrants and options                              466        5      1,158                              
Shares issued in acquisition of minority                                                                                 
     interest in PST                                              1,800       18      8,550                              
Issuance of shares to RDC                                           338        3      2,997                              
Issuance of shares to Vanguard pursuant to                                                                               
      management consulting agreement                               300        3      2,436                              
Issuance of shares in connection with                                                                                    
     research and development project                               250        3      2,029                              
Issuance of shares in connection                                                                                         
     with debt conversion                                         1,228       12      8,008                              
Issuance of warrants in connection                                                                                       
     with note payable                                                                1,800                              
Issuance of warrants in connection                                                                                       
     with bonds payable                                                              32,107                              
Issuance of Series K Preferred Stock                                                 10,000                              
Issuance of Series L Preferred Stock            1,062     $11                         9,692                              
Issuance of Series M Preferred Stock                1                                11,160                              
Preferred dividends                                                                  (4,132)                             
Changes in currency translation adjustment                                                         245                   
Net Loss                                                                                                      (87,199)   
                                                  ---     ---    ------     ----   --------       ----        --------     -------
Balance, December 31, 1995                      1,063     $11    55,251     $553   $272,456     $1,012      $(196,384)     $(1,386)
                                                =====     ===    ======     ====   ========     ======      ==========     ========
</TABLE>

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                     F - 7

<PAGE>

                  GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995        1994        1993*
                                                                    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>      
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss                                                          $(87,199)   $(42,405)   $(53,665)

  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
    used in operating activities:
    Cumulative effect on prior year of changing
          the fiscal year end of a subsidiary                                                  1,207
    Discontinued operations:
       Gain on disposal                                                                         (323)
    Minority interest                                                     28         171      (1,455)
    Depreciation and amortization                                     10,124       7,438       2,910
    Provisions for inventory reserve for lower of cost or market       1,586       1,195
    Post acquisition adjustment for utilization of acquired
          net operating loss carryforwards                               950         573
    Non cash interest expense                                         11,116
    Non cash license income                                             (658)
    Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment                        (93)
    Non cash acquisition of minority interest of a subsidiary,
          assigned to a research and development project                                      32,430
    Amortization of discount on senior secured note payable              298         391       1,545
    Equity in losses of investees                                      4,895       3,056          34
    Loss on extinguishment, net of cash portion                                                2,163
    Loss on sale of subsidiaries                                                                 479
    Reserve for impairment of loan                                                 3,500
    Issuance of stock for management consulting fee                    2,439       2,517
    Issuance of shares in connection with
          Research and development project                             2,032
    Non cash related party compensation expense                           90
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
         (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable                   (1,945)        876      (1,732)
         (Increase) decrease in inventories                           (3,398)     (3,061)      1,083
         Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets      3,102      (5,312)     (2,971)
         Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses            13,182       6,900       4,790
         Other                                                         1,400          84        (805)
                                                                    --------    --------    --------

Net cash used in operating activities                                (42,051)    (24,077)    (14,310)
                                                                    --------    --------    --------


Cash flows from investing activities:
   Acquisition of, and deposits for, spectrum licenses               (13,149)    (12,963)     (5,281)
   Net decrease (increase) in temporary investments                   14,015     (14,087)     (7,872)
   Non cash transaction expense for BCI                                  740
</TABLE>


* Opening balance sheet adjusted to reflect cumulative effect of change in
  fiscal year of subsidiary.

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                     F - 8

<PAGE>

                  GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, Continued
              for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1995         1994         1993*
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>    
   Restricted cash                                            (34,416)      (2,555)
   Proceeds from sale of interests in 
       Bogen and Speech Design                                  7,000
   Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries shares                                              6,180
   Contract deposits -other current assets                     (1,227)
   Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment              (33,853)     (10,458)      (2,279)
   Collection of notes receivable                                                            37
   Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment            250
   Cash used in acquisition of subsidiaries, net               (9,732)     (25,842)     (27,903)
   Loan to Harris Adacom B.V                                                (3,500)
   Other                                                        2,106                       (59)
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------

   Net cash used in investing activities                      (68,266)     (69,405)     (37,177)
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Net borrowings, (repayments) under
       line-of-credit agreements                               (1,000)       2,390         (268)
   Proceeds from debt and warrants                                           2,674
   Repayments of debt                                          (2,311)      (1,507)     (14,035)
   Net proceeds from issuance of stock and debentures                                    18,715
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                       3,000
   Proceeds from issuance of redeemable preferred stock                                  40,000
   Proceeds from issuances of convertible preferred stock      30,863       10,000
   Deferred financing costs                                    (4,692)                   (1,200)
   Proceeds from issuance of senior
       secured note and related warrants                       36,000       25,000       12,000
   Repayments of Secured Note                                 (25,000)
   Proceeds from issuance of senior secured notes
       and related warrants                                   110,079
   Investment by others in stock of subsidiary                                            2,124
   Proceeds from issuance of stock and warrants
       to Vanguard                                                          29,250
   Proceeds from issuance of options                                                        303
   Proceeds from exercise of warrants and options               1,073        3,848       36,807
   Payment of preferred dividends                              (4,132)      (2,066)        (246)
   Repayment of capital lease obligations                        (617)
   Other                                                                      (289)         587
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
   Net cash provided by
     financing activities                                     143,263       69,300       94,787
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                           951           27         (277)
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents                    33,897      (24,155)      43,023
Increase in cash due to a change in the
     fiscal year end of a subsidiary                                                      5,638
Cash and equivalents, beginning of year                        27,531       51,686        3,025
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------

Cash and equivalents, end of year                           $  61,428    $  27,531    $  51,686
                                                            =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>

*  Opening balance sheet adjusted to reflect cumulative effect of change in
   fiscal year of subsidiary.

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                     F - 9

<PAGE>

                  GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, Continued
              for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1995         1994         1993 
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>           <C>         
Supplemental cash flow information:

   Interest paid                                               $5,923       $3,142        $ 822       
                                                                                      
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing                                            
    and financing activities:                                                         
   Summary of acquired subsidiaries:                                                  
   Fair value of assets acquired in purchase transactions      14,840                     4,217
   Liabilities assumed in purchase transactions                13,466        2,066        2,029
   Disposition of investee                                                                  185
   Stock issued for acquisition of subsidiary                                             3,142
      Issuance of common stock and warrants to acquire:                               
   PowerSpectrum, Inc. minority interest                                                 37,640
   Acquisition of additional interest in GMSI                                1,631    
   Bogen, Inc. minority interest                                             3,441    
   Issuance of shares to subsidiary                                                       1,386
   Conversion of Preferred Stock -Series A                                       1    
   Management consulting fees paid in common stock              2,439        2,517    
   Issuance of shares in connection with                                              
      research and development project                          2,032                 
   Non cash transaction expense for BCI                           740                 
   Issuance of shares in connection with                                              
      debt conversion                                           8,020                 
   Conversion of debenture by-related party                                           
      into shares of subsidiary                                   812                 
   Issuance of shares for acquisition of minority                                     
      interest in PST                                           8,568                 
   Stock issued in lieu of debt payment                                                     150
   Acquisition of assets under capital lease                      986                

</TABLE>


                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                     F - 10

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

     Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

     The consolidated financial statements of Geotek Communications,  Inc. ("the
     Company")   include  all   wholly-owned,   majority-owned   and  controlled
     subsidiaries. The Company accounts for 20%-50% owned entities by the equity
     method.  All significant  intercompany  accounts and transactions have been
     eliminated.  Certain amounts in the 1994 and 1993 financial  statements and
     notes have been reclassified to conform to the 1995 presentation.

     Use of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
     disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  as of the date of the
     financial  statements and revenues and expenses during the period reported.
     Actual  results could differ from those  estimates.  Estimates are used for
     allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserve for the lower of cost or
     market,  product warranty  reserves,  depreciation and amortization and the
     estimated lives of assets, including intangibles.

     Revenue Recognition

     Commercial  manufacturing product revenues,  net of expected sales returns,
     are recognized upon shipment.  Revenues  relating to contracts for the sale
     and  installation  of wireless  dispatch  systems are recognized  using the
     percentage of completion method. Revenues for service income are recognized
     when  services are  provided.  Deferred  revenues are  recognized  when the
     customer  is billed in advance  and is  recorded in income in the period to
     which the advance billing relates.

     Inventories

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
     market.

     Cash Equivalents

     Cash  equivalents  are highly  liquid debt  instruments  purchased  with an
     original  maturity of three months or less,  and are  considered to be cash
     equivalents for cash flow reporting purposes.

     Temporary Investments

     Management determines the appropriate  classification of its investments in
     debt  securities  with  maturities of more than three months at the time of
     purchase and  reevaluates  such  determination  at each balance sheet date.
     Debt securities for which the Company has the intent and ability to hold to
     maturity  are  classified  as held to maturity  securities  and reported at
     amortized cost. At December 31, 1995 and 1994, the Company did not have any
     investments  in equity or debt  securities  that  qualified  as  trading or
     available for sale.

     Concentration of Credit Risk and Off-Balance-Sheet Risks

     The Company  provides mobile radio services to commercial  customers in the
     United States, the United Kingdom and Germany and designs, manufactures and
     distributes electronic  communications  equipment for commercial customers,
     under  contractual  arrangements.   The  Company  performs  ongoing  credit
     evaluations  of its  commercial  customers and  generally  does not require
     collateral.  The Company maintains reserves for potential losses from these
     contractual  arrangements.  Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable
     is limited due to the large  number of  customers  and their  industry  and
     geographic  dispersion.  The Company's Israeli  subsidiaries are prohibited
     from making  certain  payments,  including  loans,  to entities  outside of
     Israel  without  the  Bank  of  Israel's  approval.  The  subsidiaries  are
     permitted,  however, to distribute  dividends,  reimburse expenses and make
     other specific payments.

     Property, Plant and Equipment

     Property,  plant  and  equipment  is stated  at cost.  Property,  plant and
     equipment acquired through acquisition is recorded at the fair value at the
     date of acquisition. Depreciation and amortization are provided principally
     by the straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives of the related
     assets  which range  between 3 to 10 years.  Gains or losses  arising  from
     dispositions are recorded in operations.

                                     F - 11

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: continued

     Interests  costs  incurred on  borrowings  during the  construction  of the
     network  infrastructure for each market (until the assets are substantially
     complete and ready for use) are capitalized.  Interest capitalized amounted
     to $0.5 million in 1995.

     Intangible Assets

     The excess of cost over the fair value of net assets  acquired is amortized
     on a straight-line  basis over twenty to forty years. At each balance sheet
     date  management  assesses  whether there has been an other than  temporary
     impairment in the value of goodwill by comparing  anticipated  undiscounted
     future cash flows from  operating  activities  with the  carrying  value of
     goodwill.   The  factors   considered  by  management  in  performing  this
     assessment include current operating results,  trends and prospects as well
     as the effects of  obsolescence,  demand,  competition  and other  economic
     factors.  FCC and other  private radio  licenses are amortized  over twenty
     years.

     Foreign Currency Translation

     For  international  operations,  assets and  liabilities  are translated at
     year-end  exchange  rates and  income  statement  items are  translated  at
     average exchange rates for the period.  Resulting  translation  adjustments
     are recorded as a separate component of shareholders' equity.

     Research and Development

     Research  and  Development  expenditures  are  expensed  as  incurred.  All
     expenses relating to research and development ventures are recorded, net of
     grants, as research and development expense.

     Taxes on Income

     Effective January 1, 1993 the Company implemented SFAS No. 109, "Accounting
     for Income Taxes". This pronouncement  changed the method of accounting for
     income  taxes  from the  deferred  method to the  liability  method,  which
     includes a requirement for adjustment of deferred tax balances for tax rate
     changes.

     Cumulative Effect on Prior Year of Changing Fiscal Year End of a Subsidiary

     In 1993, the Company's  PowerSpectrum,  Inc. ("PSI") subsidiary changed its
     fiscal year end from  September  30 to December 31. This change was made in
     anticipation of the merger,  which occurred on July 30, 1993, of PSI into a
     wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (See Note 2). The operating  results
     of PSI for the period  October 1, 1992 to December 31, 1992 are included in
     the 1993  statement of operations  as a cumulative  effect on prior year of
     changing the fiscal year end of a subsidiary.

     Loss Per Common Share
 
     Net loss per common  share is  computed  by  dividing  the net loss,  after
     preferred dividend  requirements,  by the weighted average number of common
     shares  outstanding  during the year. Common stock equivalents are excluded
     since the effect would be anti-dilutive.

     Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

     In March 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")  issued
     SFAS No. 121  "Accounting  for the Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for
     Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed of" which is  effective  for fiscal years
     beginning  after December 31, 1995. The Company will adopt this standard in
     1996 and is  presently  analyzing  the impact of this new  standard  on its
     financial position and results of operations.

     In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123  "Accounting  for Stock-Based
     Compensation"  which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
     15, 1995.  The Company  will adopt the  disclosure  provisions  of this new
     standard in 1996.  Therefore,  this new standard will not have an effect on
     the Company's financial position and results of operations.


                                     F - 12

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

2.   Acquired, Discontinued and Disposed of Operations:


     Wireless Networks in Germany

     The Company acquired 49% of Preussag  Bundelfunk GmbH ("PBG") in July 1994,
     for  approximately  $14.0  million  in  cash.  The  Company  did not have a
     controlling  interest in PBG and  accounted  for its  investment  under the
     equity  method.  Under the terms of its  investment,  the Company agreed to
     fund PBG  after  PBG's  capital  was  exhausted  and in 1995,  the  Company
     recorded  100% of PBG's  losses as its share  under the equity  method.  In
     December  1995,  after  regulatory  approval for the transfer of the mobile
     radio licenses, the remaining 51% of PBG was transferred to the Company for
     no  additional  consideration  and the  Company  began to  consolidate  the
     results of PBG in its financial statements.  The Company has guaranteed the
     repayment  of certain  debt of PBG,  due in 1999,  to the seller,  Preussag
     Mobilefunk  GmbH ("PMG"),  of DM 3.5 million plus  interest  (approximately
     $2.4  million).  This  guarantee  has been  collateralized  by a letter  of
     credit.  The excess of the purchase  price over the Company's  share of the
     fair  value of the net  assets of PBG at the date of  acquisition  of $12.5
     million has been  accounted for as goodwill and is being  amortized over 20
     years.

     The Company  acquired 49.9% of DBF Bundelfunk  GmbH & Co. ("DBF") in August
     1994 for approximately  $5.3 million in cash. In addition,  the Company and
     the  seller,   Quante  A.G.,   committed  to   contribute  DM  5.0  million
     (approximately $3.2 million),  of which DM 3.0 million  (approximately $1.8
     million) was  contributed  by the Company  prior to December 31, 1994.  The
     Company and Quante were granted call and put options, respectively, for the
     remaining 50.1% of DBF held by Quante.  In March, 1995 Quante exercised its
     option to sell its 50.1%  interest in DBF to the Company for DM 9.0 million
     (approximately  $6.3 million) in cash.  Prior to July 1995, the Company did
     not  have a  controlling  interest  in DBF  and  thus,  accounted  for  its
     investment,  and its funded share of the losses,  under the equity  method.
     Upon the purchase of the remaining  50.1% interest in DBF in July 1995, the
     Company  began  to  consolidate   the  results  of  DBF  in  its  financial
     statements.  The excess of the purchase  price over the Company's  share of
     the fair value of the net assets of DBF at the date of acquisition of $10.1
     million has been  accounted for as goodwill and is being  amortized over 20
     years.

     Communication Products

     In August 1995, the Company  transferred its interest in Speech Design GmbH
     and  Bogen  Communications,  Inc.  to  Bogen  Communications  International
     ("BCI") (formerly,  European Gateway  Acquisition  Corporation) in exchange
     for $7.0 million in cash, $3.0 million in convertible notes,  approximately
     64% of BCI's common shares and warrants to purchase  200,000  shares of BCI
     common  stock.  The Company  will also be  eligible  to receive  additional
     consideration  if the future  earnings of both companies  through July 1997
     attain certain levels. This transaction had no material recurring effect on
     the Company's  results of operations  and the Company  continues to control
     and  consolidate  these  entities.  Included in general and  administrative
     expenses  are $1.5  million  of costs to effect  the  transaction.  The BCI
     warrant holders hold approximately 3,800,000 warrants to purchase one share
     of BCI common stock for between $5.00 to $5.50. These warrants are callable
     upon  certain  events.   For  services  provided  in  connection  with  the
     transaction, a director of the Company acquired 19,500 shares in BCI.

     In January 1994, the Company completed a tender offer, whereby its interest
     in Bogen  Communications,  Inc.  increased  from 91% to 99% in exchange for
     233,442 shares of the Company's  common stock.  The shares have been valued
     at $3.4 million, which amount was recorded as additional goodwill.

     In February  1993,  the Company  acquired a 67%  interest in Speech  Design
     GmbH,  a Munich  based  developer,  manufacturer  and marketer of telephone
     peripherals  in exchange  for $900,000 in cash and notes and 553,000 of the
     Company's  common shares.  Goodwill  created from this acquisition was $3.7
     million, with $2.6 million remaining as of December 31, 1995.


                                     F - 13

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

2.   Acquired, Discontinued and Disposed Operations: continued

     Other Acquisitions

     In May 1993, the Company acquired a 66% interest in GMSI (formerly known as
     Gandalf Mobile Systems,  Inc.) in  consideration  for Canadian $2.0 million
     (approximately  $1.5  million) and the guarantee by the Company of Canadian
     $2.0 million in debt (due in 1998) to the seller.  In April 1994,  upon the
     exercise by GTI, GMSI's former parent  company,  of a put option granted at
     the acquisition  date, the Company acquired GTI's remaining 10% interest in
     GMSI in consideration for 150,000 shares of the Company's common stock. The
     shares issued in April 1994 have been valued at $1.6 million,  which amount
     has been recorded as additional goodwill.

     In July 1993, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of National
     Band Three Ltd.  ("NBTL"),  the only  national  provider of private  mobile
     radio services in Great Britain,  for approximately  $24.0 million in cash.
     The intangible  asset created from this  transaction  was $8.1 million with
     $6.1 million remaining as of December 31, 1995.

     In July 1993, the Company  acquired the 38% of its US wireless  subsidiary,
     PSI,  that  it did  not  already  own,  through  a  merger  of  PSI  into a
     wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company (the "Merger").  In connection with
     the Merger,  the Company issued  approximately 5.1 million shares of common
     stock and  options to  acquire  an  additional  2.0  million  shares of the
     Company's  common  stock.  In  1992,  PSI  entered  into a  joint  venture,
     PowerSpectrum  Technologies,  Ltd.  ("PST"),  with  an  Israeli  government
     agency,  Rafael Armament  Development  Authority ("RDC"). PST was formed to
     develop the Company's digital wireless communications system based upon the
     technology  contributed  to PST by Rafael.  PSI held a 56% interest in PST.
     The  excess of  consideration  paid over the fair  value of the net  assets
     acquired  in the  merger,  of  $32.4  million  has been  attributed  to the
     incomplete  research and development  project and was charged to expense at
     the time of the Merger.  In November 1995, the Company closed its September
     1995  agreement  with RDC,  whereby RDC  converted  all the  principal  and
     interest  issued to it by PST under  convertible  debentures into shares of
     PST  representing its 38% interest in PST. Geotek issued to RDC 1.8 million
     shares of unregistered Company common stock in exchange for RDC's shares of
     PST. The unregistered  shares were valued at approximately $8.6 million and
     $7.8  million  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  RDC was  granted  an option to
     purchase up to 10% of PST in certain circumstances.

     Pro Forma Information (unaudited)

     The following table summarizes the unaudited consolidated pro forma results
     of operations,  assuming the  acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of
     each of the periods as follows (in thousands):

                                                    1995       1994      1993*
                                                    ----       ----      -----

       Revenue                                   $ 82,781   $ 72,991   $ 58,190
       Loss from continuing operations            (89,428)   (46,313)   (56,107)
       Loss from continuing operations per share   ($1.71)    ($0.93)    ($1.47)

*    Includes non cash charge of $32.4 million related to PSI merger.

     The  unaudited  pro  forma  results  of  operations  are  not   necessarily
     indicative of the actual results of operations that would have occurred had
     the  acquisitions  been made at the beginning of the period,  or of results
     which may occur in the future.


     Merger and Exchange of Metro Net

     In  January  1994  the  Company  acquired,  through  a  merger,  all of the
     outstanding stock of Metro Net Systems,  Inc. ("MetroNet") in consideration
     for the issuance of 3,112,500 common shares of the Company.  The merger was
     accounted  for as a pooling of interests  and,  accordingly,  the Company's
     consolidated  financial  statements  were restated for all periods prior to
     the  acquisition to include the results of operations,  financial  position
     and cash  flows of Metro Net.  The  effect of the merger on the  results of
     operations  in the period in which the  pooling of  interests  occurred  is
     immaterial.  Metro Net is a provider  of wide area SMR  services in the New
     York City area.

                                     F - 14

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

2.   Acquired, Discontinued and Disposed Operations: continued

     In November  1995,  the Company  exchanged all of MetroNet's  800 MHz radio
     channels  for the 900 MHz  radio  channels  in  seven  major  U.S.  markets
     previously held by Nextel  Communications Inc. The exchange of licenses was
     accounted  for as a non  monetary  transaction  and no  gain  or  loss  was
     recognized upon the transaction.

3.   Temporary Investments:

     Temporary  Investments  include $7.9 and $22.0  million of U.S.  Government
     Agency  securities  at  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  respectively.  The
     amortized  cost of  marketable  securities  at  December  31, 1995 and 1994
     approximates   fair  market  value.  All  marketable  debt  securities  are
     classified  as held to maturity  at  December  31, 1995 and 1994 and mature
     within one year.


4.   Inventories:

     Inventories as of December 31, 1994 and 1993 are as follows (in thousands):

                                                              1995         1994
                                                            -------      -------
          Raw materials                                     $ 3,520      $ 2,030
     
          Work-in-process                                     2,344          781
     
          Finished goods                                      7,477        7,149
                                                            -------      -------
                                                             13,341        9,960
          Reserve for lower of cost or market                 2,858        1,293
                                                            -------      -------
                                                            $10,483      $ 8,667
                                                            =======      =======
     
5.   Investments in Affiliates:

     In 1995,  the Company  entered into a  partnership  in Korea the purpose of
     which is to build an FHMA(TM)  demonstration site for wireless service.  At
     December 31, 1995, the Company's  investment in this  partnership  was $0.5
     million.  The  Company  entered  into a joint  venture  in  Korea  which is
     attempting  to secure a license to provide  wireless  service in Korea.  At
     December 31, 1995,  the  Company's  investment in the joint venture is $1.2
     million. As part of the joint venture agreement,  the Company has agreed to
     grant the joint  venture  partner  300,000  or  750,000  options to acquire
     Company Common Stock for $10.00  conditional on the joint venture obtaining
     a regional or national license in Korea, respectively.

     During 1994, the Company acquired minority non controlling equity interests
     in two wireless  networks in Germany as described in Note 2. As of December
     31, 1994 the carrying  values of these equity basis  investments  was $14.9
     million and $7.2 million in PBG and DBF, respectively.

     The Company  acquired,  in August 1993,  a 25% equity  interest in Cumulous
     Communications  Company  ("Cumulous")  for aggregate  consideration of $1.5
     million.  Cumulous is a provider of SMR services in the San Joaquin  Valley
     of California. The Company's investment exceeds its share of the underlying
     net assets of  Cumulous by  approximately  $940,000  which  amount is being
     amortized  over 20  years.  The  carrying  value of this  investment  as of
     December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $1.3 million.


                                     F - 15

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

5.   Investments in Affiliates: continued

     The gross revenues and net loss from  operations  for affiliated  companies
     accounted  for under the equity  method were $3.1 million and $5.2 million,
     respectively,  for the year ended  December 31, 1994.  The current  assets,
     non-current assets,  current liabilities,  and non-current  liabilities for
     such  entities  were $3.6  million,  $15.3  million,  $8.6 million and $3.7
     million,  respectively,  as of December 31, 1994. All such amounts were not
     material in 1995.


6.   Property, Plant and Equipment and Capital Leases (in thousands):

                                                        1995            1994
                                                      -------         -------
Property, Plant and Equipment
    Machinery and equipment                           $58,058         $29,064
    Furniture and fixtures                              7,481           1,891
    Leasehold improvements                                896             623
    Construction in progress                           25,846             724
                                                      -------         -------
                                                       92,281          32,302
Capital Leases
    Equipment                                           5,364
    Construction in progress                              938
                                                      ------- 
                                                        6,302
                                                      -------         -------
                                                       98,583          32,302
Less: accumulated depreciation
    Property, Plant and Equipment                      30,838           7,856
    Capital Leases                                      1,635
                                                      -------         -------
                                                       32,473           7,856
                                                      -------         -------
                                                      $66,110         $24,446
                                                      =======         =======


     Depreciation expense was $5,962, $4,666 and $1,914 in 1995, 1994, and 1993,
     respectively.


7.   Intangible Assets (in thousands):

                                                        1995            1994 
                                                      -------         -------
        Excess of cost over fair value                              
          of net assets acquired                      $44,847         $21,462
        FCC and other private mobile radio licenses                 
          acquired and related intangibles             29,143          27,479
        Other                                             741             753
                                                      -------         -------
                                                       74,731          49,694
                                                                    
        Less accumulated amortization                   6,550           3,595
                                                      -------         -------
                                                                    
                                                      $68,181         $46,099
                                                      =======         =======
                                                                    
                                                               
The  increase  in the excess of cost over fair value of net assets  acquired  in
1995 is primarily  attributable to the  acquisitions of additional  interests in
the DBF and PBG Networks offset by a decrease in goodwill in Bogen from the sale
of an interest in the  Company's  Bogen  Communications,  Inc. and Speech Design
subsidiaries  to BCI. Such sale was accounted  for as a reverse  acquisition  in
EGAC.   The  increase  in  FCC  and  other  private  mobile  radio  licenses  is
attributable to the cost of licenses acquired in the United States.


                                     F - 16

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

8.   Notes Payable:

                                                                1995      1994
                                                               ------    ------
     Notes payable consists of the following (in thousands):    
     $10.0 million line of credit, bank interest              
         at prime plus 2.0% to 2.75% and 2.5% in              
         1995 and 1994, respectively (a)                       $3,670    $4,355
     Line of credit, bank (b)                                     627       728
     Line of credit, bank (c )                                    647       558
     Line of credit, bank (d)                                   3,341
                                                                         ------
                                                               $8,285    $5,641
                                                               ======    ======
                                                              
     Prime rate at December 31                                   8.50%     8.50%
                                                            
     (a)  This line of credit for up to $10.0  million was  refinanced in August
          1995  and  is  subject  to  available   collateral  (80%  of  accounts
          receivable  and 50% of  finished  goods  inventory  of a  subsidiary).
          Substantially all the assets of a subsidiary are pledged as collateral
          for the line,  which also bears interest based on loan balance,  has a
          two year term,  and is guaranteed  by the Company.  As of December 31,
          1995, the unutilized amount available under the line was $0.4 million.

     (b)  The maximum amount available under this line of credit at December 31,
          1995 is $2.7 million,  including  amounts  outstanding  under the long
          term portion.  Interest  rates vary between 6.5% and 9.5% depending on
          the length of time the funds will be used. As of December 31, 1995 the
          unutilized  amount  available  under  this  line of  credit  was  $1.9
          million.

     (c)  Interest on the line is payable at a rate of 6.75%.

     (d)  This line of credit for $3.5 million is collateralized by $3.5 million
          restricted cash.

9.   Long-term Debt:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1995            1994
                                                                              --------        --------
<S>                                                                           <C>              <C>  
     Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):                               
        Senior secured discount notes, due July 15, 2005, interest                          
          at 15% due semiannually begining January 15, 2001 (a)               $ 87,841      
        Senior secured convertible notes, due in various installments at                    
          14.75%, interest due quarterly (b)                                    26,631      
        Senior secured notes, due September 1995 (b)                                          $ 24,177      
        Notes payable, due in various installments                                          
          through 1999, interest between 10% and 15% (c)                         2,003           2,066
        Convertible debenture, face value $4.0 million                                      
          imputed interest at 10%, due in 2012 (d)                                                 755      
        Debenture, interest at 5% due in quarterly payments,                                
          payment of principal due March 31, 1998                                1,466           1,427
        Notes payable, interest at 7.5% due in quarterly payments                           
          through December 31, 1995, payment of principal                                   
          due December 1995                                                                        850      
        Note payable due April 30, 1999, bearing interest at 8%                  2,436      
        Notes payable, other, due in various installments                                   
          through 1997, bearing interest at rates ranging                                   
          between 7.5% and 12%                                                     382           1,510
        Subordinated notes payable, interest at prime and 9%,                               
          due in 1996                                                              109             667
        Obligations under capital lease                                          4,584      
                                                                              --------        --------
                                                                               125,452          31,452
        Less, current portion                                                   29,577           2,056
                                                                              --------        --------
                                                                              $ 95,875        $ 29,396
                                                                              ========        ========
</TABLE>
                                                                    
                                     F - 17

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

9.   Long-term Debt: continued

(a)  In July 1995, the Company  issued,  in a private  offering,  $207.0 million
     aggregate principal amount at maturity of 15% Senior Secured Discount Notes
     due July 15, 2005 ("the  Discount  Notes").  Gross proceeds of the Discount
     Notes were  approximately  $100.0  million.  The Discount Notes were issued
     with 6,210,000 detachable warrants ("the Warrants").  Each Warrant entitles
     the holder to  purchase  one share of Company  common  stock at an exercise
     price of $9.90 per share.  The  Warrants,  which have been  valued at $29.2
     million,  are recorded as a reduction  of the Discount  Notes and are being
     accredited over the ten year life of the Discount Notes.

     The Discount  Notes  accrue  interest  until  maturity at a rate of 15% per
     annum.  Interest on the Discount  Notes will be payable  semi-annually,  in
     cash, on July 15 and January 15, commencing  January 15, 2001. The Discount
     Notes  are  collateralized  by a pledge  of  substantially  all  subsidiary
     capital stock owned by the Company.  Additionally,  the Discount  Notes are
     fully and  unconditionally  guaranteed,  jointly and  severally on a senior
     basis, by certain  subsidiaries of the Company.  The Discount Notes include
     covenants that put restrictions on the Company  primarily related to making
     certain  investments,  incurring  additional  debt and paying  dividends on
     common shares.

     In August, in connection with the Discount Notes, investors affiliated with
     George Soros  purchased  approximately  $21.0 million  principal  amount of
     additional  units  consisting of 15% Senior Secured Discount Notes due 2005
     and 621,000 ten year warrants to purchase shares of Company common stock at
     $9.90 per share. The warrants,  which have been valued at $2.9 million, are
     recorded as a reduction on the Discount Notes and are being accredited over
     the ten year life of the Discount Notes. Gross proceeds to the Company were
     approximately  $10.0  million,  bringing  total  gross  proceeds  from  the
     issuance  of the Notes to  approximately  $110.0  million.  The Company has
     recorded in other assets  approximately  $4.3 million of deferred financing
     costs relating to this  transaction  which are being  amortized,  using the
     interest method, over the ten year life of the Discount Notes.

     In November 1995, the Company  registered  the Discount  Notes  through  an
     exchange  offer, and the  Warrants  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
     amended.

(b)  In March  1995,  the Company  refinanced  $25.0  million of Senior  Secured
     Notes,  that were  originally due in September  1995, with $36.0 million of
     newly issued Senior Secured Notes (the  "Replacement  Notes").  At closing,
     the Company  received net proceeds of $11.0 million and issued  warrants to
     the purchaser to acquire  700,000 of the Company's  common shares at $8.125
     per share. The warrants have been valued at $1.8 million,  which amount has
     been recorded as a discount on the Replacement Notes. The Replacement Notes
     are  payable in three  equal  installments  of $12  million,  respectively,
     fifteen,  twenty  four and thirty six months  after  issuance.  Interest at
     14.75% is payable quarterly  through the term of the Replacement  Notes. In
     accordance with the Replacement Note agreement,  the Replacement  Notes are
     being converted into shares of the Company's  common stock  (conversion may
     occur  beginning  six  months  after the  closing  and end 18 months  after
     closing) subject to daily limits and certain other  restrictions,  at 87.5%
     of  the  average  trading  price  of  the  Company's  common  stock  on the
     respective conversion dates. As of December 31, 1995, $8.0 million has been
     converted into 1,228,000 shares of common stock.

     Concurrently  with the  issuance of the Discount  Notes (see a above),  the
     Company's   indebtedness  under  the  $36  million  Replacement  Notes  was
     restructured  in  accordance  with the  terms  thereof  by the grant to the
     lenders  of a  security  interest  in a  restricted  cash  account  holding
     approximately $40.5 million. As conversion of the Replacement Notes occurs,
     a proportionate  amount of the restricted cash becomes  unrestricted and as
     of December 31, 1995, $30.9 million cash remains restricted. This amount is
     separately stated on the balance sheet of the Company,  as restricted cash,
     and is  expected  to  satisfy  the  principal  and  total  interest  of the
     remaining  unconverted   Replacement  Notes.  This  security  interest  has
     released the original collateral for the Replacement Notes.

(c)  These notes were  assumed in  connection  with the  purchase of certain SMR
     licenses in various  cities in the US. Certain analog SMR equipment as well
     as  revenues  generated  by the  systems is pledged as  collateral  for the
     notes.

                                     F - 18

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

9.   Long-Term Debt: continued

(d)  In  accordance  with the terms of this note,  it was  converted  into a 38%
     ownership interest of PST.

     In December,  the Company and Hughes Network Systems ("HNS"),  a unit of GM
     Hughes  Electronics,  the Company's strategic partner in the development of
     the Company's  portable  subscriber unit, entered into an agreement whereby
     HNS will extend the Company a two year,  $24.5  million  line of credit for
     the Company to acquire  additional  900 MHZ spectrum in the United  States.
     Loans made under the line of credit  will bear  interest at a fixed rate of
     12% payable  quarterly.  As of December 31, 1995, there were no outstanding
     loans under this line of credit.

     Minimum annual principal  repayments of long-term debt during the next five
     years and thereafter, are as follows:

                   Year                                       In Thousands
                   ----                                       ------------
                   1996                                         $ 29,577
                   1997                                              990
                   1998                                            2,936
                   1999                                            3,542
                   2000                                              596
                   Thereafter                                    229,025
                                                                 -------

                   Total                                       $ 266,666
                                                                ========

     Included in 1996 repayments,  is the remaining  unconverted  portion of the
     Replacement  Notes ($27,980) which are expected to be converted into common
     shares in 1996.

     The Company's debt agreements contain covenants that restrict the Company's
     ability to pay dividends to common  shareholders,  make certain investments
     and incur debt.

     Extinguishment of Certain Debt

     In July 1993, the Company issued a $12.0 million Senior Secured Note,  (the
     "Note") in connection with the acquisition of National Band Three Ltd.

     In December  1993,  in  separate  but  related  transactions,  the Note was
     retired and the purchaser of the Note  exercised its rights to purchase 2.1
     million common shares under warrants issued in connection with the Note and
     other warrants it held. In connection with the early extinguishment of debt
     the Company recorded a pre-tax extraordinary loss of $2.3 million resulting
     primarily  from  the  unamortized  discount  on the  Note as of the date of
     repayment.



10.  Income Taxes:

     Effective  January 1, 1993, the Company  adopted SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting
     for Income  Taxes".  SFAS No. 109  requires  recognition  of  deferred  tax
     liabilities and assets for the expected  future tax  consequences of events
     that have been included in the financial  statements or tax returns.  Under
     this method,  deferred tax liabilities  and assets are determined  based on
     the difference between the financial  statement and tax bases of assets and
     liabilities  using  enacted  tax rates in effect  for the year in which the
     differences  are  expected  to  reverse.  The  impact of  adoption  of this
     standard was immaterial.

                                     F - 19

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

10.  Income Taxes: continued

     Taxes on  income  in 1995  and 1994  consists  of taxes  paid by a  foreign
     subsidiary. The amounts presented includes $950,000 and $573,000 related to
     the 1995 and 1994  utilization  of  pre-acquisition  net operating  losses,
     respectively,  by two  subsidiaries  which  had full  valuation  allowances
     established  at the time of the  acquisitions  by the Company and have been
     recorded in 1995 and 1994 as reductions to intangible assets.

     The Company has domestic net  operating  loss (NOL)  carryforwards  for tax
     purposes of approximately $95.3 million and $36.2 million in 1995 and 1994,
     respectively,   which  expire   between  the  years  2001   through   2010.
     Additionally, the Company has net deferred tax assets of approximately $4.6
     million  in  1995.  The  Company  has  established  a  valuation  allowance
     offsetting  the tax  benefit  as it is more  likely  than  not that the tax
     benefit will not be realized.  An effective tax rate reconciliation has not
     been  provided as the Company had no domestic tax  provision  for the years
     ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.

     The Company has  domestic  deferred  tax assets of $ 38.9 million and $14.0
     million in 1995 and 1994, respectively,  related to the NOLs. In accordance
     with SFAS No.  109,  the  Company has  established  a  valuation  allowance
     offsetting  the tax benefit of the NOL  carryforwards  as it is more likely
     than not that the tax benefit will not be realized.

     The carryforwards  are subject to certain  limitations on their utilization
     and  limitations  as a result of  various  changes  in  control  which have
     occurred.

     The  Company  has  not  provided   deferred   U.S.   income  taxes  on  the
     undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries,  which totaled $2.4 million
     at December 31, 1995 which the Company  intends to permanently  reinvest in
     their  operations.  The  Company  has  foreign  NOL  carryforwards  for tax
     purposes of approximately  $18.8 million and $3.4 million in 1995 and 1994,
     respectively.  The deferred tax asset related to those NOL carryforwards is
     approximately $9.4 million and $1.5 million,  respectively. The Company has
     established  a valuation  allowance  offsetting  the tax benefit of the NOL
     carryforwards  as it is more likely  than not that the benefit  will not be
     realized.


11.  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities:

     Capital Leases

     Future  minimum lease  payments  under capital  leases at December 31, 1995
     together with the present value of the minimum lease payments are:

                        Year                        In Thousands
                        ----                        ------------
                        1996                             $ 941
                        1997                               934
                        1998                             1,141
                        1999                               718
                        2000                               718
                        Thereafter                       1,424
                                                        ------

            Total minimum payments                       5,876
            Amounts representing
               interest                                 (1,292)
            Total present value of                      ------
              minimum payments                           4,584
            Current portion                                572
                                                        ------
            Total long-term portion                    $ 4,012
                                                        ======


                                     F - 20

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

11.  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities: continued

     Operating

     The Company leases facilities under  noncancellable  operating leases, some
     of which include  escalation  clauses.  Future minimum  rental  commitments
     under noncancellable operating leases are as follows:

             Year                                       In Thousands
             ----                                       ------------
             1996                                           $9,732
             1997                                            8,577
             1998                                            8,220
             1999                                            7,573
             2000                                            4,013
             Thereafter                                      6,626
                                                            ------
                                                          $ 44,741
                                                          ========

     Rent expense was $7.4 million,  $6.4 million and $2.1 million in 1995, 1994
     and 1993, respectively.

     Government Participation in Research and Development Project

     The Chief Scientist of the Israeli Ministry of Industry and Commerce (Chief
     Scientist) has agreed to fund certain eligible  expenditures related to the
     development of the digital  wireless  communication  system by PST. Funding
     received from the Chief Scientist is repayable  without  interest only from
     revenues  generated  by the product  being  developed.  Such  participation
     amounted to $5.9 million, $4.1 million and $2.7 million, for 1995, 1994 and
     1993,  respectively,  and have been reported in the statement of operations
     as a reduction of research and development expenses.

     Manufacturing Commitments

     The Company has contracted with Mitsubishi Consumer  Electronics of America
     to manufacture Commercial Subscriber Units on behalf of the Company.

     In March  1995,  the  Company  and HNS formed a  strategic  partnership  to
     develop  a  series  of  subscriber  terminals  and  equipment  based on the
     Company's proprietary technology. Under the terms of the agreement, HNS and
     the  Company  will  share  equally  the  cost of  developing  the  portable
     subscriber  unit.  As of  December  31,  1995,  the  Company  has  expensed
     approximately  $6.0 million paid to HNS under the terms of this development
     contract.

     Guarantees of Debt of Equity Investees

     The Company has  guaranteed  the  repayment  of certain debt of PBG, due in
     1999,  to the former  owner of PBG,  in the amount of DM 3.5  million  plus
     interest  (approximately $2.4 million).  A letter of credit has been issued
     as collateral for this obligation. Additionally, the Company has guaranteed
     certain debt of DBF to Quante, the former owner of DBF, in the amount of DM
     5.0  (approximately  $3.5  million).  This amount is included as restricted
     cash.

     FCC Waiver

     The Company has applied for and  received a waiver by the FCC to  construct
     and  activate  certain  systems it has  acquired.  In the event the Company
     fails to construct or activate  such systems in  accordance  with the dates
     set forth in the waiver,  the Company could lose the waiver and lose all of
     the  frequencies  covered by such waiver to the extent the systems have not
     been constructed or activated.

     Litigation

     In June 1994 the Company filed a lawsuit against Harris Adacom  Corporation
     B.V.  ("Harris"),  a Dutch corporation,  to enforce its rights under a loan
     agreement  between the parties.  The Company is seeking repayment of a $3.5
     million loan made to Harris in January 1994 in connection  with a potential
     purchase  transaction  between  the Company  and Adacom  Technologies  Ltd.
     ("ATL"), an affiliate of Harris and an Israeli publicly traded company. The
     loan was collateralized by stock owned by Harris in ATL. At the time of the
     loan,  the  collateral  had a market value in excess of $10 million and the
     total  market  value of ATL was in excess  of $100  million.  The  purchase
     transaction  was  not  consummated.   In May 1994 the  market  value of ATL


                                     F - 21

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

11.  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities: continued

     dropped  dramatically and ATL became insolvent,  thereby reducing the value
     of the collateral to practically zero. At or about the same time, creditors
     placed Harris into bankruptcy  proceedings in the Netherlands.  The Company
     subsequently received limited information relating to the recoverability of
     the loan, and  Management  does not expect to recover the loan. The Company
     is  aggressively  pursuing  its rights  under the loan in Dutch  bankruptcy
     court and is awaiting additional information on the assets and creditors of
     Harris.  Based  upon the  information  currently  available,  it  cannot be
     determined what amount,  if any, will  ultimately be recovered;  therefore,
     the Company has  established a reserve against the full amount of the loan.
     Accordingly,  the 1994 statement of operations includes, in other expenses,
     a charge of $3.5 million to establish this reserve.

     In response to the Company's  lawsuit,  Harris and its subsidiaries filed a
     lawsuit  against  the  Company  in the  courts  of  the  State  of  Israel,
     requesting a declaratory  judgment that the Company  entered into a binding
     agreement  for the  purchase  by the Company of a  significant  interest in
     certain   wireless   communication   business   assets  owned  by  ATL  and
     subsequently  breached such  agreement.  The plaintiffs in such action have
     stated an intention to file a separate claim for monetary  damages and have
     estimated their losses to be several million dollars.  The Company believes
     none of  plaintiffs'  claims in such  action have any merit and are only an
     attempt to delay  efforts  to collect  Harris's  debt to the  Company.  The
     Company intends to defend such action vigorously.

     The Company is subject to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary
     course of  business.  In the opinion of  management,  all such  matters are
     without  merit or are of such kind,  or involve such  amounts,  as will not
     have a significant  adverse  effect on the financial  position,  results of
     operations or cash flows of the Company, if disposed of unfavorably.


12.  Redeemable Preferred Stock:

     In December 1993, the Company  issued to investors  affiliated  with George
     Soros,  a related party,  444,445 shares of Series H Cumulative  Redeemable
     Convertible  Preferred Stock at a price of $90 per share. The shares bear a
     dividend  for five  years,  at a rate of five  percent  per  year,  payable
     quarterly. The shares are redeemable,  at stated value, on October 31, 2000
     only if the  Company's  common stock has not closed at an average  price of
     $18 for any 20 consecutive  trading days after the third anniversary of the
     date of issuance of the preferred  shares. In the event that the shares are
     redeemed,  the Company may elect to pay the  redemption  price in shares of
     its common  stock,  provided  that the common shares will have an aggregate
     market value equal to 150% of the  redemption  value of the Series H shares
     being redeemed.  The shares are convertible  into common shares at any time
     at a ratio  (adjusted for splits) of ten common  shares for each  preferred
     share.  The  holders  of the Series H shares  are  entitled  to vote on all
     matters  voted on by common  shareholders  as if the  Series H shares  were
     converted to common stock.  The Company has paid  dividends of $2.0 million
     in each of the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994.


13.  Shareholders' Equity:

     Preferred Stocks

     In May 1995,  the Company  sold  531,463  shares of its Series L Cumulative
     Convertible  Preferred  Stock  ("Series  L  Stock"),  to  Toronto  Dominion
     Investments,  Inc. ("TDI") for an aggregate purchase price of $5.0 million.
     In  connection  with this  transaction,  Vanguard  Cellular  Systems,  Inc.
     ("Vanguard"), a stockholder of the Company, purchased an additional 531,463
     shares of Series L Stock on September 1, 1995 (the "Transaction  Date") for
     aggregate purchase price of $5.0 million. The shares pay a dividend of 7.5%
     per annum, contain a Common Stock conversion premium and can be redeemed by
     the Company in certain  circumstances.  The Company has paid  dividends  of
     $351,000 during the year ended December 31, 1995.

     In May 1995,  the Company  sold  1,162.5  shares of its Series M Cumulative
     Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series M Stock"), to a group of investors for
     an aggregate  purchase price of  $11,625,000.  The shares pay a dividend of
     8.5% per  annum,  contain  a Common  Stock  conversion  premium  and can be
     redeemed  by the  Company in certain  circumstances.  The  Company has paid
     dividends of $592,000 during the year ended December 31, 1995.


                                     F - 22

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

13.  Shareholders' Equity: continued

     In April  1995,  the  Company  sold $10.0  million  of Series K  Cumulative
     Convertible  Preferred  Stock  ("Series  K Stock") to an  affiliate  of the
     Company's  partner  in a joint  venture  which is  attempting  to  secure a
     license to provide wireless services in Korea. The shares pay a dividend of
     7% per annum for 5 years,  carry a Common Stock conversion  premium and can
     be redeemed by the Company in certain  circumstances.  The Company has paid
     dividends of $489,000 during the year ended December 31, 1995.

     At December 31, 1994,  there were 15 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and
     20 shares of Series I Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.  In May 1995,
     the Series E Preferred  shares were cancelled.  At December 31, 1993, there
     were  345,000  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  and 30  shares  of  Series E
     Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.  In February 1994 all of the Series
     A Preferred  shares then outstanding were converted into an equal number of
     common shares.

     In  December  1994,  the  Company  issued a total of 20  shares of Series I
     Convertible  Preferred  Stock at a price  of  $500,000  per  share or total
     consideration  of $10.0 million to investors  affiliated  with George Soros
     (currently holders of 100% of the Company's Series H Cumulative Convertible
     Preferred Stock).  The shares bear a dividend,  payable quarterly in either
     cash or common shares, for five years at a rate of 7% per annum and carry a
     conversion  premium.  The Company  has the option to retire the shares,  in
     either cash or common  shares if the price of the  Company's  common  stock
     exceeds 150% of the conversion  price for any 20 days within a period of 30
     consecutive  days.  The Company has paid  dividends of $700,000  during the
     year ended December 31, 1995.

     The  Series E  Preferred  Shares  were  issued to  collateralize  principal
     payments  required  by  certain  subordinated  debt of which  $150,000  was
     outstanding  as of  December  31, 1994 and each share is  convertible  into
     common  shares with a market value of $10,000 based upon market price prior
     to  conversion.  Holders  of Series E shares are  entitled  to vote only on
     matters affecting the Company's preferred stock.

     During 1993,  484,000  Series A and 42 Series G shares were  converted into
     1,323,000 common shares.

     The Company's outstanding preferred shares earn cumulative annual dividends
     as follows:  Series A  (converted  into common  shares in 1994),  $0.25 per
     share and Series G (converted into common shares in 1993 and 1992),  $2,500
     per share.

     Common Stock

     In February  1994 the Company  sold 2.5 million  shares of common  stock to
     Vanguard  Cellular  Systems  Inc.  ("Vanguard")  for a total of $30 million
     (before  expenses of $750,000).  See below for a description of the options
     issued to Vanguard.

     In January  1993,  the  Company  completed a private  placement  of 408,640
     units, each consisting of nine common shares and three separate warrants to
     purchase  one common  share at an exercise  price of  $4.8125,  expiring 18
     months, 30 months and 42 months from issuance,  respectively. Each unit was
     sold in consideration for $37.6876. Net proceeds to the Company amounted to
     approximately $14.4 million.

     In order to finance a portion of the  acquisition  of National  Band Three,
     the  Company  requested  in June  1993  that  warrant  and  option  holders
     immediately exercise their right to purchase the Company's common stock. To
     induce the  warrant  and option  holders to  exercise  early,  the  Company
     offered  discounts  from the  original  exercise  price.  The amount of the
     discount  varied  depending  upon the  expiration  date of the  warrant  or
     option.  The Company issued  approximately  9,200,000  shares in connection
     with the exercise of options and warrants under this program.  Net proceeds
     were approximately $23 million.

                                     F - 23

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

13.  Shareholder's Equity: continued

     Included in the 5.1 million common shares issued in connection with the PSI
     Merger (Note 2) were approximately 424,000 shares issued to PST in exchange
     for the PSI  shares  then  owned by PST.  The  number of shares  issued was
     determined using the same ratio as for other PSI shareholders.  The Company
     has recorded the value of its ultimate  ownership  interest in these shares
     as treasury  stock.  In 1993 the Company  cancelled the 1.2 million  shares
     that were held in treasury at December 31, 1992.

     Warrants and Options

     A summary of the  warrants  and  options  activity  during the years  ended
     December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 is as follows (shares in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            1995
            ----                                                                                                        Exercise
                                  Outstanding                                                     Outstanding            Price
Name                               January 1,        Granted       Exercised      Cancelled      December 31,          Per Share
- ----                                ---------        -------       ---------      ---------      ------------          ---------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>           <C>   <C>   
Employee/Director plan                  2,465         1,593            (129)           (93)             3,836         $1.00-$16.00
Loan warrants and options                 381         7,531              (8)           (73)             7,831          $1.25-$9.90
PSI Merger                                973                           (95)           (13)               865          $0.61-$5.06
Vanguard Options                       10,000                                       (3,000)             7,000        $16.00-$17.00
Private Placements                         67                           (10)           (38)                19          $3.10-$4.98
Other warrants and options              1,365         1,493            (120)           (12)             2,726         $1.00-$14.00
                                        -----        ------            -----          -----            ------

Total Outstanding                      15,251        10,617            (362)        (3,229)            22,277
                                       ======        ======            ====         ======             ======
                                       

<CAPTION>

            1994
            ----
                                                                                                                       Exercise
                                  Outstanding                                                     Outstanding            Price
Name                               January 1,        Granted       Exercised      Cancelled      December 31,          Per Share
- ----                                ---------        -------       ---------      ---------      ------------          ---------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>               <C>          <C>   <C>   
Employee / Director Plan                1,564         1,174            (240)          (33)              2,465        $1.00-$16.00
Loan warrants and options                 130           300             (49)                              381         $1.25-$7.88
PSI Merger                              1,056                           (83)                              973         $0.61-$5.06
Vanguard Options                                     10,000                                            10,000        $15.00-$18.00
Private Placements                      1,026                          (959)                               67         $3.10-$4.98
Other warrants and options              1,208           220             (63)                            1,365         $1.00-$6.00
                                        -----           ---             ----       -------              -----

Total Outstanding                       4,984        11,694          (1,394)          (33)             15,251
                                        =====        ======          ======           ===              ======

<CAPTION>

            1993  
            ----                                                                                                        Exercise
                                   Outstanding                      Exercised    Exercised        Outstanding            Price
       Name                         January 1,      Granted       Full Price      Discount        December 31          Per Share
       ----                         ---------       -------       -----------     --------        -----------          ---------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>                <C>          <C>   <C>  
Employee / Director Plan                 1,223          737            (136)         (260)              1,564        $1.00-$8.50
Loan warrants and options                  710        1,900            (330)       (2,050)                130        $1.25-$6.00
Preferred stocks                           915                          (60)         (855)                           $1.00-$1.65
PSI merger                                            2,056          (1,000)                            1,056        $0.61-$5.06
Private Placements                       6,730        1,938            (323)       (7,311)              1,026        $3.10-$4.98
Debt Conversion                            305                         (198)         (107)                           $1.00-$2.50
Other warrants and options               1,718          213            (148)         (565)              1,208        $0.18-$6.00
                                         -----          ---            -----         -----              -----
                                                                                                 
Total Outstanding                       11,601        6,844          (2,195)      (11,148)              4,984
                                        ======        =====          ======       =======               =====
                                                                                                 
</TABLE>
                                                                               

                                     F - 24

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

13.  Shareholder's Equity: continued

     All options are vested upon  issuance  except those issued  pursuant to the
     Employee / Director plan which are described below.

     Employee/Director  Stock Option Plan 

     The Company  has a  non-qualified  stock  option  plan (the  "Plan")  which
     permits the granting of options to employees  and  directors to purchase up
     to 2.75  million  shares at not less than fair market  value on the date of
     grant. The options generally vest over three years and expire 10 years from
     the date granted.  Of the options granted pursuant to this plan, options to
     purchase  1.5 million  shares and 1.2 million  shares,  respectively,  were
     vested as of December 31, 1995 and 1994.

     Vanguard Options

     In connection with Vanguard's purchase of the Series L Preferred Stock, the
     parties  agreed to modify the terms of certain  options (the  "Options") to
     purchase shares of the Company's common stock granted to Vanguard  pursuant
     to the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  between the Company and  Vanguard  dated
     December 29,  1993.  Pursuant to these  modifications,  the total number of
     shares of Common  Stock  subject  to the  Options  was  decreased  from ten
     million shares to seven million shares. Of the remaining  Options,  Options
     to purchase two million  shares of common Stock at $15.00 per share and two
     million shares of Common Stock at $16.00 per share expire September 1, 1996
     ($16.00 per share  options are subject to a March 1, 1997  extension  under
     certain  circumstances)  and Options to purchase  three  million  shares of
     Common Stock at $17.00 per share expire one year from the expiration of the
     $16.00 options.  After giving effect to these  modifications,  Vanguard and
     TDI each hold  one-half  of the  options  exercisable  at $15.00 per share,
     Vanguard holds  six-sevenths  of each of the Options  exercisable at $16.00
     and $17.00 per share, respectively and TDI holds one-seventh of each of the
     options exercisable at $16.00 and $17.00 per share, respectively.
     
     Loan Warrants and Options

     In connection  with the issuance of the Discount Notes and the  Replacement
     Notes,  the  Company  issued  approximately  6.8  million  and 1.0  million
     warrants to purchase common stock, respectively. 

     Other Warrants and Options

     In exchange for services rendered,  the Company granted options to purchase
     213,000  shares of common stock during 1993.  The exercise  prices on these
     option range between $1.00 and $6.00 per share and the options  expire five
     years from date of grant.


14.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The recorded amount of cash, cash  equivalents,  temporary  investments and
     notes  payable  banks and other,  approximates  fair value due to the short
     term maturities of these assets and liabilities.

     Investments  in  affiliates  are  accounted  for by the  equity  method and
     pertain to equity  investments  in privately  held companies for which fair
     values are not readily available. Management believes the fair values to be
     at least  equal to  carrying  amounts.  The  asset  and  liability  amounts
     recorded in the balance  sheet  (carrying  amount) and the  estimated  fair
     values of financial  instruments  at December 31,  consisted as follows (in
     thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                 1995                           1994
                                   Carrying Amount   Fair Value    Carrying Amount    Fair Value
                                   ---------------   ----------    ---------------    ----------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>     
     Cash and cash equivalents          $ 61,428      $ 61,428        $ 27,531       $ 27,531
     Temporary investments                 7,945         7,945          21,960         21,960
     Restricted cash                      36,971        36,971           2,555          2,555
     Notes payable                         8,285         8,285           5,641          5,641
     Long term debt, including
        current portion                  125,452       135,399          31,452         29,948
 
</TABLE>
 

                                     F - 25

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

15.  Certain Other Related Party Transactions:

     In connection with the issuance of common shares and options to Vanguard in
     February 1994, the Company entered into a five-year  management  consulting
     agreement   with   Vanguard,   pursuant  to  which  Vanguard  will  provide
     operational  and  marketing  support to the Company for an aggregate of 1.5
     million shares of common stock. Such management  consulting  agreement will
     terminate upon Vanguard's  failure to exercise any of the Vanguard Options.
     For  the  periods  ended  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  Vanguard  earned
     approximately  300,000 and 258,000 shares,  respectively,  pursuant to this
     agreement,  which has been recorded at approximately  $2.4 million and $2.5
     million, respectively, and is included in marketing expenses.

     In 1995 and 1994, the Company  incurred  expenses of $300,000,  pursuant to
     its consulting  agreement with the Soros Group,  who are the holders of the
     Company's  Series H redeemable  Preferred  Shares and Series I  Convertible
     Preferred Shares.

     PST has entered into a  subcontractor  agreement  with Rafael,  the current
     holder of common shares, under which Rafael will partake in the development
     of the digital wireless communications system to be deployed by the Company
     in the U.S.  Research and development  expense for the years ended December
     31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 includes approximately $12.5 million, $11.1 million
     and $7.0 million, respectively, for research performed by Rafael under this
     agreement.  PST has also  entered into  agreements  with Rafael under which
     Rafael will manufacture the  infrastructure  equipment to be used by PSI in
     its U.S. network. Through December 31, 1995 and 1994 the Company had placed
     firm orders for equipment and engineering  totaling $22.6 million and $12.8
     million,  respectively  and had made an advance payment  (recorded in other
     current  assets) of $1.2  million  and $2.1  million to Rafael  under these
     orders during the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     In 1995,  the Company  issued  250,000  shares of common stock to Rafael in
     connection  with the  development  of the digital  wireless  communications
     system. The shares have been valued at $2.0 million,  which amount has been
     recorded in 1995 as research and development costs.

     In October 1995, RDC converted all the principal and interest  issued to it
     by PST under convertible debentures into shares of PST representing its 38%
     interest in PST. Geotek issued to Rafael 1.8 million shares of unregistered
     Company  common  stock in  exchange  for RDC's  shares of PST.  The Company
     valued the  unregistered  shares at $8.6 million and recorded the excess of
     the value of the shares over the fair value of the underlying assets of PST
     of $7.8 million as goodwill. As part of the arrangement, RDC was granted an
     option to purchase up to 10% of PST in certain circumstances. Additionally,
     in October 1995,  Rafael  purchased  338,000 shares of Company common stock
     for $3.0 million.

16.  Segment Information:

     The Company's operations have been classified into three business segments:
     wireless  communications,  communications  products and other. The wireless
     communications  group is engaged in the  development of a digital  wireless
     communication  system,  preparation  for  the  commercial  rollout  of  its
     wireless  communications network in the United States,  principally through
     its PSI and PST  subsidiaries,  provision of mobile  radio  services in the
     United States (PSI and MetroNet),  the United Kingdom (NBTL),  Germany (PBG
     and DBF) and the  development of certain mobile data  applications  (GMSI).
     The  development of a digital  wireless  communication  system is primarily
     taking place in Israel.  GMSI is located in Canada and markets its products
     in Canada, the United States and the United Kingdom.

     The wireless  communications  group is relying on certain key  suppliers of
     manufacturing  and engineering for the development and  mass-production  of
     GeoNet's subscriber units. In addition,  the wireless  communications group
     has only a single manufacturing source for certain of the components of the
     GeoNet  system  hardware  which  includes  the base  station.  Although the
     wireless  communications  group  believes  it  can  obtain  all  components
     necessary to build GeoNet from other sources,  delays may be encountered in
     the  event  of a  component  shortage  because  of the  time it may take to
     identify  substitute sources and manufacture  substitute  components.  This
     could adversely affect the results of operations in any given period.

     Many of the  target  customers  for  GeoNet  currently  use other  wireless
     communications  services. In order to be successful,  the Company will need
     to migrate a portion of its target  customers from their existing  services
     to those  provided by the Company over  GeoNet.  The  Company's  ability to
     migrate its target  customers over to its services will be highly dependent
     on the perceived utility of the Company's  services to its target customers
     as compared to the services currently  utilized by such customers.  Because
     there   currently  is  no  integrated   wireless   communications   network
     commercially available that is comparable to that expected to be offered by
     the  Company  over  GeoNet,  the  extent of the  demand  for the  Company's

                                     F - 26

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

16.  Segment Information: continued

     wireless  communications  services  cannot be predicted  with any degree of
     certainty.  The demand for the Company's  digital  wireless  communications
     services also could be affected by other matters  beyond its control,  such
     as  the  future  cost  of  subscriber  equipment,   marketing  and  pricing
     strategies of competitors and general economic conditions.

     The   communications   products  group  is   principally   engaged  in  the
     development,   manufacturing  and  marketing  of  telephone  and  facsimile
     peripheral products and commercial audio and paging equipment in the United
     States  (Bogen) and Munich,  Germany  (Speech  Design).  The other  segment
     primarily  consists  of  subsidiaries  engaged  in  the  manufacturing  and
     marketing  of  customized   transformers   and  power  supplies  and  other
     diversified  operations.  The Company disposed of its transformer and power
     supply operations in 1993.

     During 1995, the communications  products group has decided to phase out of
     the Office  Automation  Services  ("OAS") product line. The  communications
     products group has taken a charge of $2.2 million related to this action of
     which $1.5 million  relates to the  writedown of its  inventory to expected
     net  realizable  value.  At December 31, 1995, the  communications  product
     group  had  $0.2  million  of  OAS  inventory  recorded  in  the  financial
     statements.

     Sales between geographic areas and industry segments are not material.

Information  about the  Company's  segments in 1995,  1994 and 1993  follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1995         1994         1993
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>      
     Revenues:
        Wireless communications                    $  32,986    $  25,668    $  12,338
        Communications products                       44,518       46,075       30,060
        Other                                          2,775        1,248        6,573
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                   $  80,279    $  72,991    $  48,971
                                                   ---------    =========    =========

     Operating income (loss):
        Wireless communications                    $ (65,493)   $ (37,225)   $ (45,584)
        Communications products                       (1,693)          45          296
        Other                                            (20)      (1,348)      (1,542)
        Interest and other income (expense), net     (17,706)         105       (1,403)
        Corporate                                     (2,287)      (3,982)      (2,208)
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
        Loss from continuing operations            $ (87,199)   $ (42,405)   $ (50,441)
                                                   =========    =========    =========


     Identifiable assets:
        Wireless communications                    $ 159,364    $  95,222    $  52,824
        Communications products                       24,979       35,663       28,642
        Other                                          2,620          936          509
        Corporate and other assets                   105,601       48,023       53,669
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                   $ 292,564    $ 179,844    $ 135,644
                                                   =========    =========    =========

     Depreciation and amortization:
        Wireless communications                    $   8,212    $   5,884    $   1,840
        Communications products                        1,242        1,181          956
        Other                                            629          181           79
        Corporate                                         41          192           35
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                   $  10,124    $   7,438    $   2,910
                                                   =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>

                                     F - 27

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

16.  Segment Information:  continued     

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995         1994         1993
                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
     Capital expenditures - property and equipment:
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>      
        Wireless communications                       $  32,906    $   9,386    $  17,135
        Communications products                             803          939        1,042
        Other                                                57           66           41
        Corporate                                            87           67            8
                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                      $  33,853    $  10,458    $  18,226
                                                      =========    =========    =========

     Capital expenditures - intangibles:
        Wireless communications                       $  13,055    $  14,785    $  15,766
        Communications products                              94        3,548        3,840
                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                      $  13,149    $  18,333    $  19,606
                                                      =========    =========    =========

     Geographic Segments:
        Revenues:
          United States                               $  36,720    $  41,591    $  30,616
          Foreign                                        43,559       31,400       18,355
                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                      $  80,279    $  72,991    $  48,971
                                                      =========    =========    =========

     Operating income (loss):
          United States                               $ (50,770)   $ (22,624)   $ (37,860)
          Foreign                                       (16,436)     (15,904)      (8,970)
          Interest and other income (expense), net      (17,706)         105       (1,403)
          Corporate                                      (2,287)      (3,982)      (2,208)
                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------

          Loss from continuing operations             $ (87,199)   $ (42,405)   $ (50,441)
                                                      =========    =========    =========


     Identifiable assets:
        United States                                 $  87,453    $  51,511    $  38,765
        Foreign                                          99,510       80,310       43,210
        Corporate and other                             105,601       48,023       53,669
                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                      $ 292,564    $ 179,844    $ 135,644
                                                      =========    =========    ---------

</TABLE>

17.  Subsequent Events:

     In March 1996, the Company issued $75.0 million aggregate  principal amount
     of its 12% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2001 (the "Convertible
     Notes").  Each Convertible  Note is in the principal amount of $1,000,  and
     beginning  on  March  5,  1997,  will be  convertible  into  shares  of the
     Company's common stock, par value $0.1 per share (the "Common Stock"), at a
     conversion  price  equal to the  lower of (i)  $9.50 per share and (ii) the
     weighted  average  market  price of the share of  Common  Stock for the ten
     trading day period  immediately  following  the 90th day after the issuance
     date of the Convertible Notes, but shall in no event be less than $8.25 per
     share.

     Cash interest on the  Convertible  Notes will accrue at the rate of 12% per
     annum and will be payable  semiannually  on each  February 15 and August 15
     commencing  August 15, 1996. The  Convertible  Notes mature on February 15,
     2001.  In  addition,  the Company has the option to redeem the  Convertible
     Notes,  on or after February 15, 1999, in whole or in part, at a redemption
     price  equal to 110% of the  principal  amount  thereof,  plus  accrued and
     unpaid  interest,  if any, to the redemption  date, for the 12 month period
     beginning February 15, 1999, and at a redemption price equal to 105% of the
     principal amount thereof,  plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
     redemption  date, on or after  February 15, 2000.  The Company also has the
     option,  at any  time  on or  after  September  1,  1997,  to  require  the
     conversion  of  all,  but  not  less  than  all,  of the  then  outstanding
     Convertible  Notes into common stock at the conversion price then in effect
     if the closing  price of the common stock for 20 of the 30 trading days and
     for the five trading days or exceeds 160% of the  conversion  price then in
     effect. The Convertible Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations

                                     F - 28

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

17.  Subsequent Events: continued

     of the Company. In addition, the indenture contains certain covenants that,
     subject to certain exceptions,  restrict the ability of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries to engage in mergers and acquisitions.

     Pursuant to a  registration  rights  agreement  (the  "Registration  Rights
     Agreement"),  the Company has agreed to file registration  statements under
     the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act") with respect
     to the resale of the Convertible  Notes and the issuance,  or to the extent
     the  registration  of such  issuance is  permitted  by  applicable  law the
     resale,  of the Common Stock  issuable upon  conversion of the  Convertible
     Notes. If the Company fails to register the Convertible Notes or the shares
     of Common Stock  issuable upon the conversion  thereof or otherwise  comply
     with the procedures set forth in the  Registration  Rights Agreement within
     the time periods  prescribed  by the  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  the
     Company will be subject to substantial monetary penalties.

     One of the investors in the Convertible Notes is affiliated with a director
     of the Company.

     In March 1996, the Company and S-C Rig Investments - III, L.P. ("S-C Rig"),
     a significant  stockholder of the Company and investment  group  affiliated
     with George Soros,  reached an agreement in principal pursuant to which S-C
     Rig will make a $40.0 million  unsecured  credit facility  available to the
     Company.  It is anticipated  that all borrowings  under the credit facility
     will be required to be made within two years from the  establishment of the
     credit  facility.  The borrowings will accrue interest at a rate of 10% per
     annum and will  mature  four  years  from the date of the  final  borrowing
     thereunder. It also is anticipated the Company will be obligated to pay S-C
     Rig a fee equal to 3% of each  borrowing  under the credit  facility at the
     time  of  such  borrowing.   Borrowings  under  the  credit  facility  will
     constitute  senior  indebtedness  of the Company.  In  connection  with the
     establishment  of the credit  facility,  it is anticipated that the Company
     will issue to S-C Rig a five year warrant to purchase 4.2 million shares of
     Common  Stock  (subject  to  adjustment  in  certain  circumstances)  at an
     exercise  price of $9.50  per  share  (subject  to  adjustment  in  certain
     circumstances).  The  transactions  contemplated by the credit facility are
     subject to a number of conditions,  including the negotiation and execution
     of definitive agreements and the authorization at the Company's next annual
     meeting  of  sufficient  additional  shares of Common  Stock to permit  the
     exercise in full of the warrant. There can be no assurance that the Company
     will consummate the transactions contemplated by the agreement in principal
     on the terms described above, or at all.


18.  Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
     Guarantors ("Guarantor Information"):

     In July and August 1995, the Company issued, in a private offering,  $227.7
     million  aggregate  principal  amount at  maturity  of 15%  Senior  Secured
     Discount Notes due July 15, 2005 ("the Notes"). Gross proceeds of the Notes
     was  approximately  $110.0  million.  The Notes were issued with  6,831,000
     detachable  warrants ("the Warrants").  Each Warrant entitles the holder to
     purchase one share of Company  common  stock at an exercise  price of $9.90
     per share. The Warrants have been valued at approximately $32.1 million and
     have been  recorded as a discount on the Notes.  The Notes accrue  interest
     until  maturity  at a rate of 15% per annum.  Interest on the Notes will be
     payable  semi-annually,  in cash,  on July 15 and  January  15,  commencing
     January 15, 2001.

     In  connection  with the Note  offering,  PowerSpectrum,  Inc. and its U.S.
     Domestic  Subsidiaries  as well as  MetroNet  Systems,  Inc.  (collectively
     referred  to as the  "Guarantor  Subsidiaries")  fully and  unconditionally
     guarantee such Notes jointly and severally.  The Guarantor Subsidiaries are
     wholly owned by the Company. In addition, the Notes are collateralized by a
     pledge of the capital  stock  owned by the  Company in National  Band Three
     Ltd., PowerSpectrum, Inc. and Subsidiaries,  MetroNet Systems, Inc., Geotek
     Communications  GmbH and BCI, the entity  through which,  effective  August
     1995,  the Company  owns its  interests in Bogen  Communications,  Inc. and
     Speech Design GmbH.

     The Guarantor Information of Geotek  Communications,  Inc. and Subsidiaries
     has been  presented  on pages F-30  through  F-39 in order to  present  the
     Guarantor  Subsidiaries  pursuant  to  the  Guarantor   relationship.   The
     Guarantor Information is presented as  management  does  not  believe  that

                                     F - 29

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                   ----------

18.  Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
     Guarantors ("Guarantor Information") continued

     separate  financial  statements  of the  Guarantor  Subsidiaries  would  be
     meaningful.  This Guarantor  Information should be read in conjunction with
     the Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The Notes include  covenants that
     place  restrictions  on the  Company  primarily  related to making  certain
     investments, paying dividends and incurring additional debt.


     Notes to Guarantor Information: 

     Basis of  Presentation  - To conform with the terms and  conditions  of the
     Notes, the Condensed  Consolidating  financial information of the Guarantor
     Subsidiaries are presented on the following basis:

    (1)  Geotek Communications, Inc.         -Investments     in    consolidated
             (Parent Company)                subsidiaries  are  accounted for by
                                             the  Parent  Company  on  the  cost
                                             basis for purposes of the Guarantor
                                             Information.  Operating  results of
                                             Subsidiaries   are   therefore  not
                                             reflected     in    the    Parent's
                                             investment accounts or earnings.
                                                                                

    (2)  PSI                                 -For  purposes  of   the  Guarantor
         (Guarantor)                         Information,   PowerSpectrum,  Inc.
                                             ("PSI") includes all U.S.  wireless
                                             subsidiaries  of PSI combined  with
                                             MetroNet  Systems,  Inc.  and  ANSA
                                             Communications,  Inc.,  both direct
                                             wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of the
                                             Parent Company. For purposes of the
                                             Guarantor Information, PSI does not
                                             contain the consolidated  financial
                                             statements  of PST, a subsidiary of
                                             PSI,  since PST is not a  Guarantor
                                             Subsidiary.  Such statements of PST
                                             are  included  with   Non-Guarantor
                                             Subsidiaries.    The   assets   and
                                             liabilities of PST are not material
                                             in relation to PSI.                
                                             

    (3)  Non-Guarantor                       -This    includes   the   Company's
         Subsidiaries                        subsidiaries that are not Guarantor
                                             Subsidiaries.                      
                                             

    (4)  Reclassification and                -Certain   reclassifications   were
         Eliminations                        made   to   conform   all   of  the
                                             Guarantor    Information   to   the
                                             financial   presentation   of   the
                                             Company's   consolidated  financial
                                             statements.      The      principal
                                             elimination    entries    eliminate
                                             investments  in  subsidiaries   and
                                             intercompany      balances      and
                                             transactions.
                                             




                                     F - 30

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   ----------

18. Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
    Guarantors ("Guarantor Information") continued

                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
                             As of December 31. 1995
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Reclassi-
                                                                                      fications            Geotek
                                     Geotek                      Non-Guarantor        & Elimin-         Comm., Inc.
                                    Comm.Inc.        PSI         Subsidiaries          ations       & Subsidiaries
                                  -------------    ------      -----------------    ------------    ----------------
                                        (1)           (2)              (3)                (4)

  <S>                               <C>              <C>           <C>                                     <C>     
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents         $ 53,128         $   522       $   7,778                               $ 61,428
  Temporary investments                7,945                                                                  7,945
   Restricted cash                    35,230                           1,741                                 36,971
  Accounts receivables trade, net                         21          14,007                                 14,028
   Deposits for spectrum licenses      3,500           8,000                                                 11,500
  Inventories                                          1,328           9,155                                 10,483
  Prepaid expenses and other assets    1,051             317           5,136          $  (883)                5,621
                                     -------          ------         -------         --------             ---------
    Total current assets             100,854          10,188          37,817             (883)              147,976

Inter-company account                142,286          37,154           4,010         (183,450)
Investments in affiliates              3,241                                             (163)                3,078
Property, plant and equipment, net     1,088          28,962          39,487           (3,427)               66,110
Intangible assets, net                12,313          19,171          36,697                                 68,181
Other assets                           7,684             174           3,845           (4,484)                7,219
Investments in Subsidiaries, at cost  90,427                                          (90,427)
                                     -------          ------         -------         --------             ---------
                                   $ 357,893        $ 95,649       $ 121,856       $ (282,834)            $ 292,564
                                   =========        ========       =========       ==========             =========

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current  liabilities
  Accounts payable - trade               508           2,447          15,876             (883)               17,948
  Accrued expenses and other           1,250           5,835          15,920                                 23,005
  Notes payable, banks and other                                       8,604             (319)                8,285
  Current maturities, long-term debt  28,913                             664                                 29,577
                                     -------          ------         -------         --------             ---------
    Total current liabilities         30,671           8,282          41,064           (1,202)               78,815
                                     -------          ------         -------         --------             ---------
Inter-company account                                138,107          45,343         (183,450)
Long-term debt                        86,090           2,003          12,356           (4,574)               95,875
Other non-current liabilities          (152)                           2,533           (1,164)                1,217
Minority interest                                                        395                                    395

Redeemable preferred stock            40,000                                                                 40,000

Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stocks, $.01 par value          11                                                                     11
Common stock, $.01 par value             553                                                                    553
Capital in excess of par value       245,234          40,621          75,455          (88,854)              272,456
Foreign currency translation 
    adjustment                                                         1,012                                  1,012
Accumulated deficit                 (43,128)         (93,364)        (56,302)          (3,590)            (196,384)
Treasury stock, at cost              (1,386)                                                                (1,386)
                                     -------          ------         -------         --------             ---------
                                     201,284         (52,743)         20,165          (92,444)               76,262
                                     -------          ------         -------         --------             ---------
                                   $ 357,893        $ 95,649       $ 121,856       $ (282,834)            $ 292,564
                                   =========        ========       =========       ==========             =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-31
<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   ----------

18.  Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
     Guarantors ("Guarantor Information") continued

                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
                             As of December 31, 1994
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       Reclassi-
                                                                                      fications         Geotek
                                       Geotek                      Non-Guarantor      & Elimin-        Comm., Inc.
                                     Comm. Inc          PSI         Subsidaries        ations        & Subsidaries
                                  ------------       -------      ---------------    ------------    -------------
                                        (1)              (2)            (3)               (4)
<S>                                   <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>                   <C>    
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents             $21,222          $418           $5,891                              $27,531
Temporary investments                  24,515                                                              24,515
Accounts receivables trade, net                          79           11,714             $(422)             11,371
Inventories                                             116            8,711              (162)              8,667
Prepaid expenses and other assets         939           174            6,387               (32)              7,468
                                      -------        ------          -------          --------          ---------
Total current assets                   46,676           787           32,703              (616)             79,552
                                      -------        ------          -------          --------          ---------
Inter-company account                  64,313        18,359                            (82,672)
Investments in affiliates               4,481                         22,101                               26,582
Property, plant and equipment, net        100         2,245           22,100                               24,446
Intangible assets, net                  4,885        18,616           22,589                 9             46,099
Other assets                              412         2,027            3,871            (3,145)              3,165
Investments in Subsidiaries, at cost   73,275                                          (73,275)
                                      -------        ------          -------          --------          ---------
                                     $194,142       $42,034         $103,364         $(159,699)           $179,844
                                     ========       =======         ========         =========           ========

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current  liabilities:
Accounts payable - trade                 $496          $414          $13,902           $(2,322)           $12,490
Accrued expenses and other                436         1,271           10,606                               12,315
Notes payable, banks and other                                         5,641                                5,641
Current maturities, long-term debt      2,056                                                               2,056
                                      -------        ------          -------          --------          ---------
Total current liabilities               2,988         1,685           30,149            (2,322)            32,502
                                      -------        ------          -------          --------          ---------
Inter-company account                                53,830           28,842           (82,672)
Long-term debt                         23,304         2,838           30,005           (26,751)            29,396
Other non-current liabilities              49                            802              (653)               198
Minority interest                         406                           (14)                                  392

Redeemable preferred stock             40,000                                                              40,000
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stocks, $.01 par value
Common stock, $.01 par value              509                                                                 509
Capital in excess of par value        153,414        38,592           41,736           (47,094)           186,651
Foreign currency translation 
   adjustment                                                            767                                  767
Accumulated deficit                   (25,142)      (54,911)         (28,923)             (207)          (109,185)
Treasury stock, at cost                (1,386)                                                             (1,386)
                                      -------        ------          -------          --------          ---------
                                      127,395       (16,319)          13,580           (47,301)            77,356
                                      -------        ------          -------          --------          ---------
                                     $194,142       $42,034         $103,364         $(159,699)          $179,844
                                     ========       =======         ========         =========           ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-32
<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   ----------

18.   Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
      Guarantors ("Guarantor Information") continued

                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1995
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Reclassi-
                                                                                      fications          Geotek
                                       Geotek                    Non-Guarantor        & Elimin-        Comm., Inc.
                                      Comm.Inc.         PSI       Subsidiaries         ations        & Subsidiaries
                                      ---------         ---       ------------         ------        --------------
                                          (1)           (2)             (3)                (4)
<S>                                   <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>                    <C>    
Revenues:
  Net product sales                                     $ 83         $64,366         $(11,836)              $52,613
  Service income                                       2,020          25,646                                 27,666
                                                       -----          ------         --------                ------
    Total revenues                                     2,103          90,012          (11,836)               80,279
                                                       -----          ------         --------                ------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of goods sold                                        46          40,580           (8,246)               32,380
Cost of services                                       5,256          15,135                                 20,391
Research and development                              15,805          19,775                                 35,580
Marketing                              $ 300           9,513          18,211                                 28,024
General and administrative             5,729          10,753          14,345                                 30,827
Interest expense                      15,383             316           2,462           (1,447)               16,714
Interest income                       (5,989)            (76)           (530)           1,447                (5,148)
Amortization of intangibles              920           1,065           2,177                                  4,162
Equity in losses of investees          1,563                           3,332                                  4,895
Other expenses (income)                               (2,121)           (476)                                (2,597)
                                    --------        --------        --------          -------              -------- 
Total costs and expenses             $17,906         $40,557        $115,011          $(8,246)             $165,228
                                    --------        --------        --------          -------              -------- 
Loss from continuing
  operations before taxes
  on income and
  minority interest                 (17,906)        (38,454)        (24,999)           (3,590)             (84,949)
Discontinued operations:
 Taxes on income                                                     (2,222)                                (2,222)
 Minority interest                                                      (28)                                   (28)
                                    --------        --------        --------           -------            -------- 
Net loss                            $(17,906)       $(38,454)       $(27,249)          $(3,590)           $(87,199)
                                    ========        ========        ========           =======            ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-33
<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   ----------

18.  Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
     Guarantors ("Guarantor Information") continued

                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1994
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         Reclassi-
                                                                                        fications        Geotek
                                       Geotek                       Non-Guarantor       & Elimin-      Comm., Inc.
                                      Comm.Inc.         PSI         Subsidiaries         ations      & Subsidiaries
                                    -------------     ------      -----------------    -----------   --------------
                                         (1)            (2)              (3)               (4)
<S>                                    <C>                <C>         <C>                 <C>                 <C>    
REVENUES
  Net product sales                                     $350        $ 48,968            $(948)              $48,370
  Service income                                       2,115          22,506                                 24,621
                                                     -------         -------            ------              -------
    Total revenues                                     2,465          71,474             (948)               72,991
                                                     -------         -------            ------              -------

Costs and expenses:
 Cost of goods sold                                      208          31,777             (811)               31,174
 Cost of services                                      1,358          15,220                                 16,578
 Research and development              $256            5,941          13,280                                 19,477
 Marketing                                             5,983          12,308                                 18,291
 General and administrative            4,551           4,294          10,998                 7               19,850
 Interest expense                      2,534              64           2,097            (1,595)               3,101
 Interest income                      (3,638)           (172)           (546)            1,595               (2,761)
 Amortization of intangibles            594              711             962               505                2,772
 Equity in losses of investees         1,159                           2,409              (512)               3,056
 Other expenses (income)               3,524            (445)            (52)                                 3,027
                                      ------         -------        -------             ------              -------

Total costs and expenses               8,980          17,942          88,453              (811)             114,565
                                      ------         -------        -------               ----              -------

Loss from operations before
   taxes on income and
   minority interest                  (8,980)        (15,477)        (16,979)             (137)             (41,574)
Taxes on income                                                         (660)                                  (660)
Minority interest                       (185)                              14                                  (171)
                                     -------        --------        --------             -----             --------
Net loss                             $(9,165)       $(15,477)       $(17,625)            $(137)            $(42,405)
                                     =======        ========        ========             =====             ========
</TABLE>

                                     F - 34

<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   ----------

18.  Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
     Guarantors ("Guarantor Information") continued

                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      For the Year ended December 31, 1993
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                       Reclassi-
                                                                                       fications             Geotek
                                      Geotek                        Non-Guarantor      & Elimin-          Comm., Inc.
                                      Comm.Inc.         PSI         Subsidiaries         ations          & Subsidiaries
                                    -------------     ------      -----------------   ------------     ------------------
                                         (1)            (2)              (3)               (4)
<S>                                   <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>    
Revenues: 
  Net product sales                                     $205            $37,798           $ (502)           $37,501
  Service income                                       1,773              9,697                             11,470
                                                     -------            -------             ----           -------
    Total revenues                                     1,978             47,495             (502)           48,971
                                                     -------            -------             ----           -------
 Costs and expenses:
Cost of goods sold                                       501             25,596             (444)           25,653
Cost of services                                       1,143              6,815                              7,958
Research and development                                 766              9,804                             10,570
Acquisition of minority interest of a
   subsidiary assigned to a research
   and development project                            32,430                                                32,430
Marketing                                                164              8,749                              8,913
General and administrative              2,726          4,433              5,416              (67)           12,508
Interest expense                        1,984            (42)             1,332             (683)            2,591
Interest and other income                (968)          (373)              (610)             763            (1,188)
Amortization of intangibles               210            118                591                                919
Equity in losses of investees              34                                                                   34
Other expenses (income)                 1,419                              (940)                               479
                                      -------       --------            -------           ------           -------- 
Total costs and expenses                5,405         39,140             56,753             (431)           100,867
                                      -------       --------            -------           ------           -------- 

Loss from continuing operations
    before taxes on income and
    minority interest                  (5,405)       (37,162)            (9,258)             (71)          ( 51,896)
Taxes on income
Minority interest                       2,215           (724)               (36)                              1,455
                                      -------       --------            -------           ------           -------- 
Loss from continuing operations        (3,190)       (37,886)            (9,294)             (71)           (50,441)

Discontinued operations:
 Gain on disposal                         323                                                                   323
                                      -------       --------            -------           ------           -------- 
Loss before extraordinary item
    and cumulative effect of
    accounting change                  (2,867)       (37,886)            (9,294)             (71)           (50,118)
Extraordinary item - loss from
    early extinguishment of debt       (2,340)                                                               (2,340)

Cumulative effect of change in fiscal
    year of subsidiary                                (1,207)                                                (1,207)
                                      -------       --------            -------           ------           -------- 
Net loss                              $(5,207)      $(39,093)           $(9,294)          $  (71)          $(53,665)
                                      =======       ========            =======           ======           ======== 
</TABLE>

                                      F-35
<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   ----------

18.  Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
     Guarantors ("Guarantor Information") continued

                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                      For the Year Ended December 31. 1995
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                        Geotek
                                              Geotek                      Non-Guarantor        Reclassifications     Comm., Inc.
                                             Comm.Inc.           PSI       Subsidiaries         & Eliminations      & Subsidiaries
                                          ---------------     --------  -------------------    ------------------   ---------------
                                                (1)              (2)            (3)                 (4)

  <S>                                        <C>               <C>             <C>                   <C>               <C>       
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
  Net loss                                   $   (17,906)      $ (38,454)      $   (27,249)          $ (3,590)         $ (87,199)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
    cash used in operating activities:
    Income from operations
    Minority interest                                                                   28                                    28
    Depreciation & amortization                      957           1,738             7,429                                10,124
    Provisions for inventory reserve for
      lower of cost or market                                         73             1,513                                 1,586
    Non-cash interest expense                     10,846             270                                                  11,116
    Non-cash license income                                         (658)                                                   (658)
    Post acquisition adjustment for 
      utilization of acquired net operating 
      loss carryforward                                                                950                                   950
   Gain on sale of property and equipment            (45)                              (48)                                  (93)
    Amortization of discount on senior
       secured note payable                          298                                                                     298
    Equity in losses of investees                  1,563                             3,332                                 4,895
    Non cash related party compensation expense       90                                                                      90
   Issuance of stock for management
      consulting fee                                               2,439                                                   2,439
    Issuance of shares in connection
       with Research and development project                       2,032                                                   2,032
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities
      (net of effect from acquisitions):
      Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable                      58            (1,582)              (421)            (1,945)
      Increase in inventories                                     (1,284)           (1,953)              (161)            (3,398)
      Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses
         and other assets                           (112)           (143)            2,506                851              3,102
      Increase in accts payable & 
         accrued expenses                            826           6,597             4,321              1,438             13,182
      Other                                                                          1,400                                 1,400

  Net cash (used in) operating activities         (3,483)        (27,332)           (9,353)            (1,883)           (42,051)
                                                 -------         -------           -------              -----            ------- 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of and deposits for 
   spectrum licenses                              (3,500)         (9,555)              (94)                              (13,149)
 Net decrease in temporary investments            14,015                                                                  14,015
 Restricted cash                                 (32,675)                           (1,741)                              (34,416)
 Contract deposits-other current assets                                             (1,227)                               (1,227)
 Acquisitions of property and equipment              (84)        (27,616)           (9,580)              3,427           (33,853)
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                        45               205                                   250
  Proceeds from sale of BCI                        7,000                                                                   7,000
  Non-cash transaction expense for BCI                                                 740                                   740
  Cash used in acquisition
     of subsidiaries, net                         (9,732)                                                                 (9,732)
  Other                                            2,106                                                                   2,106
                                                 -------         -------           -------               -----           ------- 
  Net cash (used in) provided by
   investing activities                          (22,870)        (37,126)          (11,697)              3,427           (68,266)
                                                 -------         -------           -------               -----           ------- 
</TABLE>

                                      F-36
<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   ----------

18.  Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
     Guarantors ("Guarantor Information") continued

                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                      For the Year Ended December 31. 1995
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                                                                         Geotek
                                                   Geotek                      Non-Guarantor     Reclassifications     Comm., Inc.
                                                  Comm.Inc.           PSI       Subsidiaries      & Eliminations     & Subsidiaries
                                               ---------------  --------  -------------------  --------------------  ---------------
                                                     (1)           (2)            (3)                 (4)
                                              
  <S>                                             <C>           <C>            <C>                  <C>                <C>     
Cash flows from financing activities:         
  Net repayments under                        
    line of credit agreements                                                  (1,000)                                  (1,000)
  Proceeds from issuances of preferred stock        30,863                                                              30,863
  Repayments of debt                                  (850)       (510)          (951)                                  (2,311)
  Deferred financing costs                          (4,692)                                                             (4,692)
  Repayments under capital lease obligation           (400)                      (217)                                    (617)
  Repayment of secured notes                       (25,000)                                                            (25,000)
  Proceeds from issuance of senior            
    secured notes and related warrants              36,000                                                              36,000
   Proceeds from issuance of senior secured   
     discount notes & related warrants             110,079                                                             110,079
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock             3,000                                                               3,000
  Proceeds from exercise of                   
     warrants & options                              1,073                                                               1,073
  Payment of preferred dividends                    (4,132)                                                             (4,132)
  Intercompany financing                           (87,682)     65,072         24,154                (1,544)
                                                  --------       -----      ---------              --------           --------
  Net cash provided by (used in) financing    
    activities                                      58,259      64,562         21,986                (1,544)           143,263
                                                  --------       -----      ---------              --------           --------
 Effect of exchange rates on cash                                                 951                                      951
  Increase (decrease) in cash & equivalents         31,906         104          1,887                                   33,897
  Cash & equivalents, beginning of year             21,222         418          5,891                                   27,531
                                                  --------       -----      ---------               --------          --------
  Cash & equivalents, end of year                 $ 53,128       $ 522      $   7,778                   --            $ 61,428
                                                  ========       =====      =========               ========          ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-37
<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   ----------


18.  Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
     Guarantors ("Guarantor Information") continued

                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1994
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                      Reclassi-
                                                                                                      fications         Geotek
                                                     Geotek                      Non-Guarantor        & Elimin-        Comm., Inc.
                                                    Comm.Inc.          PSI       Subsidiaries          ations        & Subsidiaries
                                                  -------------      ------    -----------------    --------------  ----------------
                                                          (1)           (2)           (3)                 (4) 
 <S>                                                <C>         <C>             <C>                    <C>           <C>      
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                  
   Net loss                                           $(9,165)    $(15,477)       $(17,625)              $(137)        $(42,405)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
      net cash used in operating activities:
      Minority interest                                   185                          (14)                                 171
         Provision for inventory reserve for
          lower of cost or market                                                    1,195                                1,195
         Depreciation & amortization                      615          894           5,418                 512            7,438
      Post acquisition adjustment for utilization
        of acquired net operating loss carryforward                                    573                                  573
      Amortization of discount on senior secured
               note payable                               391                                                               391
      Equity in losses of investees                     1,159                        2,409               (512)            3,056
      Reserve for impairment of loan                    3,500                                                             3,500
      Issuance of stock for management consulting fee                2,517                                                2,517
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities
        (net of effect from acquisitions):
      Accounts receivable                                               24             852                                  876
      Inventories                                                       30          (3,228)                 137          (3,061)
      Prepaid expenses and other assets                  (553)         (51)         (4,708)                              (5,312)
    Accounts payable & accrued expenses                  (509)         850           6,559                                6,900
    Other                                                  33           53              (2)                                  84
                                                      -------          ----        ------                               -------
Net cash used in operating activities                  (4,344)     (11,160)         (8,571)                 -           (24,077)
                                                      -------          ----        ------                               -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of licenses                                          (12,961)             (2)                             (12,963)
  Net increase in temporary investments               (17,531)       3,444                                              (14,087)
  Acquisitions of property & equipment                    (67)      (2,250)         (8,141)                             (10,458)
   Restricted cash                                     (2,555)                                                           (2,555)
  Cash invested in acquisition of subsidiaries,net     (1,332)                     (49,064)              24,554         (25,842)
  Loan to Harris Adacom B.V.                           (3,500)                                                           (3,500)
                                                      -------          ----        ------                               -------
   Net cash (used in) provided by
    investing activities                              (24,986)     (11,767)        (57,207)              24,554         (69,405)
                                                      -------          ----        ------                               -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Net borrowings, (repayments) under
    line of credit agreements                                                       2,390                                 2,390
   Proceeds from debt and warrants                      2,674                                                             2,674
   Repayments of debt                                  (1,053)                       (454)                               (1,507)
   Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock           10,000                                                            10,000
   Proceeds from issuance of senior
      secured note & related warrants                  25,000                                                            25,000
   Proceeds from issuance of stock & warrants
      to Vanguard                                      29,250                                                            29,250
   Proceeds from exercise of warrants & options         3,848                                                             3,848
   Payment of preferred dividends                      (2,066)                                                           (2,066)
   Intercompany financing                             (59,995)       18,684        65,865             ( 24,554)
   Other                                                   33            24          (346)                                 (289)
                                                      -------          ----        ------                               -------   
   Net cash provided by (used in)
      financing activities                              7,691        18,708        67,455             ( 24,554)          69,300
                                                      -------          ----        ------                               -------
  Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                                              27                                    27
  Increase (decrease) in cash & equivalents           (21,639)       (4,219)        1,703                               (24,155)
  Cash & equivalents, beginning of year                42,861         4,637         4,188                                51,686
  Cash & equivalents, end of year                     $21,222          $418        $5,891                 -             $27,531
                                                      =======          ====        ======                               =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-38
<PAGE>

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   ----------

18.  Condensed Consolidating Financial Information for 
     Guarantors ("Guarantor Information") continued

                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1993
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                          Geotek
                                                         Geotek                   Non-Guarantor     Reclassifications   Comm., Inc.
                                                         Comm.Inc.       PSI       Subsidiaries      & Eliminations&   Subsidiaries
                                                      --------------- ---------   ---------------  ------------------  -------------
                                                           (1)          (2)         (3)                  (4)
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>                <C>                    <C>        <C>      
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
 Net loss                                                $(5,207)     $(39,093)          $(9,294)               $ (71)     $(53,665)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
    used/provided  in operating activities:
    Cumulative effect of changing  the fiscal year
    end of a subsidiary                                                  1,207                                                1,207
    Discontinued operations: Gain on disposal               (323)                                                              (323)
    Minority interest                                     (2,215)          724                36                             (1,455)
    Depreciation & amortization                               12           142             2,756                              2,910
    Non cash acquisition of minority
       interest of a subsidiary assigned to
       a research & development project                                 32,430                                               32,430
 Amortization of discount on senior
     secured note payable                                  1,545                                                              1,545
 Equity in losses of investees                                34                                                                 34
 Loss on extinguishment, net of cash portion               2,163                                                              2,163
 Loss on sale of subsidiaries                                479                                                                479
 Changes  in  operating assets  and
  liabilities (net  of  effect  from acquisitions):
    Accounts receivable                                      273           (76)           (1,929)                            (1,732)
    Inventories                                                           (147)            1,230                              1,083
    Prepaid expenses and other assets                       (149)           82            (2,904)                            (2,971)
    Accounts payable & accrued expenses                      692           354             3,744                              4,790
    Other                                                   (269)          (92)             (516)                   71         (805)
                                                         -------      --------           -------                -----      -------- 
  Net cash used in operating activities                   (2,965)       (4,469)           (6,877)                    -      (14,310)
                                                         -------      --------           -------                -----      -------- 
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of licenses                                               (5,281)                                              (5,281)
  Net increase in temporary investments                   (4,428)       (3,444)                                              (7,872)
  Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries shares                6,180                                                              6,180
  Acquisitions of property & equipment                        (8)          (38)           (2,233)                            (2,279)
  Collection of notes receivable                              37                                                                 37
  Cash invested in acquisition of
    subsidiaries, net                                    (27,903)                                                           (27,903)
  Other                                                                                      (59)                               (59)
                                                         -------      --------           -------                -----      -------- 
  Net cash used in investing activities                  (26,122)       (8,763)           (2,292)                   --      (37,177)
                                                         -------      --------           -------                -----      -------- 
Cash flows from financing activities: 
   Net under line of credit agreements                                                      (268)                              (268)
   Repayments of debt                                    (13,799)                           (236)                           (14,035)
   Net proceeds from issuances of stock & debentures      18,715                                                             18,715
   Proceeds from issuance
     of redeemable preferred stock                        40,000                                                             40,000
   Deferred financing costs                               (1,200)                                                            (1,200)
   Proceeds from issuance of senior
     secured note & related warrants                      12,000                                                             12,000
   Investment by others in stock of subsidiary             2,124                                                              2,124
   Proceeds from issuance of options                         303                                                                303
   Proceeds from exercise of warrant & options            36,807                                                             36,807
   Payment of preferred dividends                           (246)                                                              (246)
   Intercompany financing                                (24,467)       11,107            13,360
   Other                                                                                     587                                587
                                                         -------      --------           -------                -----      -------- 
   Net cash provided by
     financing activities                                 70,237        11,107            13,443                   -         94,787
                                                         -------      --------           -------                -----      -------- 
  Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                                                   (276)                              (277)
  Increase (decrease) in cash & equivalents               41,150        (2,125)            3,998                             43,023
  Increase in cash due to a change
    in the fiscal year end of a subsidiary                               5,638                                                5,638
  Cash & equivalents, beginning of year                    1,711         1,124               190                              3,025
  Cash & equivalents, end of year                        $42,861         4,637            $4,188                    -       $51,686
                                                         =======      ========           =======                =====      ======== 
</TABLE>

                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                                                         Registered no:  2672488






                           National Band Three Limited
                           Annual report
                           for the year ended
                           31 December 1995

                                     F - 40
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited


Annual report
for the year ended 31 December 1995

Registered no: 2672488




                                                                       Pages





Directors and advisers                                                  F-42


Directors' report                                                    F-43 - F-45


Report of the auditors                                                  F-46


Profit and loss account                                                 F-47


Balance sheet                                                           F-48


Cash flow statement                                                     F-49


Notes to the financial statements                                    F-50 - F-60



                                     F - 41
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited

                                
Directors and advisers




Executive directors                          E J Watts
                                             S A Style
                                             R Conroy
                                             M Davey
                                             D Henson


Non-executive directors
                                             Y Eitan - Chairman
                                             Y Bibring
                                             G Calhoun
                                             A D Robb


Secretary and registered office              S A Style
                                             Wren House
                                             Hedgerows Business Park
                                             Colchester Road
                                             Springfield
                                             CHELMSFORD
                                             Essex
                                             CM2 5PF


Registered Auditors
    Coopers & Lybrand
                                             1 Embankment Place
                                             LONDON
                                             WC2N 6NN



Bankers                                      National Westminster Bank Plc
                                             21 Lombard Street
                                             LONDON
                                             EC3P 3AR



                                     F - 42
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited
                                                                   

Directors' report
for the year ended 31 December 1995

The directors present their report and the audited financial  statements for the
year ended 31 December 1995.

Principal activities

The profit and loss account for the period is set out on page 6.

The  principal  activities  of the company are the  expansion and operation of a
national mobile  communication  system, under licences granted by the Department
of Trade and  Industry  under the  Telecommunications  Act 1984 and the Wireless
Telegraphy Act 1949.

Review of business

During the year the  company  continued  to expand the  capacity,  coverage  and
facilities of the network.  It has also invested in and  strengthened  its sales
and marketing  capability.  This helped  accelerate the growth in the subscriber
base during the year and provided  new  products and services  which will be the
bedrock of future  profitability.  Both the level of  business  and the year end
financial  position were  satisfactory,  and the  directors  expect the level of
activity to increase for the foreseeable future.

Dividends and transfers to reserves

The  directors do not  recommend  the payment of a dividend.  The profit for the
period  of  (pound)1,605,000  (1994:  loss  (pound)508,000)  has  been  taken to
reserves.

Changes in fixed assets

The  movements  in  fixed  assets  during  the year are set out in note 9 to the
financial statements.



                                     F - 43
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited

                                                                    
Directors

The directors of the company during the year ended 31 December 1995 were:

A D Robb
P M Ratcliffe (resigned 6 December 1995) 
G M Calhoun 
Y Eitan 
Y Bibring
S A Style
E J Watts 
R Conroy 
D Henson (appointed 5 May 1995) 
M Davey (appointed 12 October 1995)

Directors' interests

None of the  directors  held any  interest  in the  shares of the  company at 31
December 1995 (1994: None).

At the year end the  directors  held  options  over the shares of National  Band
Three's parent company, Geotek Communications, Inc.

Statement of directors' responsibilities

The directors are required by UK company law to prepare financial statements for
each  financial  year that give a true and fair view of the state of  affairs of
the company and of the profit or loss of the company for that period.

The  directors  confirm that  suitable  accounting  policies  have been used and
applied  consistently  and reasonable and prudent  judgements and estimates have
been made in the  preparation of the financial  statements for the year ended 31
December 1995. The directors also confirm that applicable  accounting  standards
have been followed and that the financial  statements  have been prepared on the
going concern basis.

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records,  for taking
reasonable  steps to  safeguard  the assets of the  company  and to prevent  and
detect fraud and other irregularities.



                                     F - 44
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited

                                                                        
Auditors

A resolution to reappoint the auditors,  Coopers & Lybrand,  will be proposed at
the annual general meeting.

By order of the board





S A Style
Company Secretary
15 March 1996



                                     F - 45
<PAGE>

Report of the auditors to the members of
National Band Three Limited


We have  audited the  balance  sheets of  National  Band Three  Limited as of 31
December  1995  and  1994 and the  related  statements  of  income,  changes  in
shareholders'  equity and cash flows for the years  ended 31  December  1995 and
1994. The financial  statements on pages F-47 to F-60 are the  responsibility of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United  Kingdom  which do not  differ in any  significant  respects  from
auditing  standards  generally  accepted in the United States.  Those  standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about
whether the financial  statements  are free of material  misstatement.  An audit
includes  examining,  on a test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and
disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit also includes  assessing the
accounting  principles used and significant estimates made by management as well
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of National Band Three Limited, as
of 31 December 1995 and 1994 and the results of their  operations and cash flows
for the years  ended 31  December  1995 and 1994 in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom.

Accounting principles and financial statement presentation generally accepted in
the  United  Kingdom  vary  in  certain  significant  respects  from  accounting
principles and financial statement presentation generally accepted in the United
States.  The application of these requirements would have affected the financial
statement  presentation and the  determination of net income for the years ended
31 December 1995 and 1994 and of shareholders' equity as of 31 December 1995 and
1994, to the extent summarised in note 21 to the financial statements.




COOPERS & LYBRAND
Coopers & Lybrand
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
London
27 March 1996



                                     F - 46
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited

                                                                          
Profit and loss account
for the year ended 31 December 1995



                                             Notes           1995          1994
                                                      (pound '000)  (pound '000)

Turnover                                         2         15,835        12,887
Cost of sales                                              (8,366)       (8,524)
                                                          -------       -------
Gross profit                                                7,469         4,363
Net operating expenses                           3         (5,696)       (4,707)
                                                          -------       -------
Operating profit/(loss)                                     1,773         (344)
Interest receivable and similar income                         98            75
Interest payable and similar charges             6           (266)         (266)
                                                          -------       -------
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities 
  before taxation                                7          1,605          (535)
Tax on loss on ordinary activities               8              -            27
                                                          -------       -------
Retained profit/(loss) for the  
  financial year                                16          1,605          (508)
                                                          =======       =======


All figures in the profit and loss account relate to continuing operations.

There is no difference between the profit on ordinary activities before taxation
and the  profit  for  the  year as  stated  above,  and  their  historical  cost
equivalents.


Statement of total recognised gains and losses


                                                              1995         1994
                                                      (pound '000)  (pound '000)

Profit/(loss) for the financial period                       1,605         (508)
Prior year adjustment                                            -           26
                                                             -----        -----
Total gains/(losses) recognised since last annual report     1,605         (482)
                                                             =====        =====


                                     F - 47
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited


Balance sheet
at 31 December 1995


                                            Notes           1995           1994
                                                      (pound '000)  (pound '000)

Fixed assets
Tangible assets                                 9         11,889         11,702
                                                         -------        -------
Current assets
Stocks                                         10            193             77
Debtors                                        11          3,322          3,105
Cash at bank and in hand                                   1,817          1,627
                                                         -------        -------
Total current assets                                       5,332          4,809

Creditors: amounts falling due
 within one year                               12         (9,727)       (10,622)
                                                         -------        -------
Net current liabilities                                   (4,395)        (5,813)
                                                         -------        -------
Total assets less current liabilities                      7,494          5,889
Provisions for liabilities and charges
Deferred taxation                              13              -              -
                                                         -------        -------
Net assets                                                 7,494          5,889
                                                         =======        =======

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital                        14          9,000          9,000
Share premium account                          15          8,800          8,800
Goodwill reserve                               15            (58)          (107)
Profit and loss account                        15        (10,248)       (11,804)
                                                         -------        -------
Total shareholders' funds                      16          7,494          5,889
                                                         =======        =======

The financial statements on pages F-47 to F-60 were approved by the board of
directors on 15 March 1996 and were signed on its behalf by:



/s/ E. J. Watts
Director





                                     F - 48
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited



Cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 December 1995



                                      Notes              1995              1994
                                                  (pound '000)      (pound '000)

Net cash inflow from 
 operating activities                    17             3,024             2,857
                                                      -------           -------
Returns on investments and 
 servicing of finance
Interest received                                          98                75
Interest paid                                            (266)             (266)
                                                      -------           -------
Net cash outflow from returns 
 on investments and servicing 
 of finance                                              (168)             (191)
                                                      -------           -------

Taxation
United Kingdom corporation tax paid                         -                 -
                                                      -------           -------
Investment activities
Purchase of goodwill                                        -               (25)
Purchase of tangible fixed assets                      (2,801)           (3,471)
Sale of tangible fixed assets                             135                66
                                                      -------           -------
Net cash outflow from 
 investing activities                                  (2,666)           (3,430)
                                                      -------           -------
Increase/(decrease) in cash and 
 cash equivalents                        18               190              (764)
                                                      =======           =======


                                     F - 49
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited



Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 1995

1   Principal accounting policies

The  financial  statements  have been  prepared in  accordance  with  applicable
Accounting  Standards  in the United  Kingdom.  A summary of the more  important
accounting policies, which have been applied consistently, is set out below.

Basis of accounting

The financial  statements are prepared in accordance  with the  historical  cost
convention.

Goodwill

Goodwill  arising on the acquisition of businesses is written off directly to an
unrealised  goodwill  reserve.  It is  amortised  to the profit and loss account
reserve over five years, the directors' estimate of its useful economic life.

Tangible fixed assets

The cost of tangible  fixed assets is their  purchase  cost,  together  with any
incidental expenses of acquisition.

Depreciation is calculated so as to write off the cost of tangible fixed assets,
less their estimated residual values, on a straight line basis over the expected
useful economic lives of the assets  concerned.  The estimated useful lives used
for this purpose are:

Short term leasehold improvements                 Over the term of the lease
Plant and machinery                               Between three and ten years
Fixtures and fittings                             Between three and five years
Motor vehicles                                    Four years

No depreciation is charged on assets in the course of construction.

Stocks

Stocks are stated at the lower of cost and net  realisable  value.  Provision is
made where necessary for obsolete, slow moving and defective stocks.

Turnover

Turnover, which excludes value added tax, represents the invoiced value of goods
and services supplied.



                                     F - 50
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited



Operating leases

Costs in respect of operating  leases are charged on a straight  line basis over
the lease term.

Deferred taxation

Provision is made for deferred  taxation,  using the  liability  method,  on all
material  timing  differences to the extent that it is probable that a liability
or asset will crystallise.

Pension costs

The company  operates a "money  purchase"  pension scheme for the benefit of its
employees.

The company provides no other post retirement benefits to its employees.

2   Turnover

Turnover  consists entirely of sales in one class of business made in the United
Kingdom.

3   Net operating expenses



                                                         1995             1994
                                                  (pound '000)     (pound '000)
                                                  
Selling and distribution costs                          3,544            2,656
Administrative expenses                                 2,152            2,051
                                                        -----            -----
                                                        5,696            4,707
                                                        =====            =====
                                                         



                                     F - 51
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited 



4   Directors' emoluments


                                                          1995             1994
                                                  (pound' 000)      (pound' 000)

Emoluments (including pension contributions
 and benefits in kind)                                     481              256
                                                           ===              ===

Emoluments (excluding pension contributions) 
 include amounts paid to:


                                                         1995             1994
                                                         pound            pound 

The chairman                                               Nil              Nil
                                                        ======           ======

The highest paid director                              121,306           78,164
                                                        ======           ======

The number of directors  (including  the chairman and the highest paid director)
who received emoluments  (excluding pension  contributions) within the following
ranges was:


                                                         1995             1994
                                                       Number           Number

pound 0 to pound 5,000                                     3                3
pound 5,001 to pound 10,000                                -                2
pound 10,001 to pound 15,000                               1                -
pound 30,001 to pound 35,000                               -                1
pound 40,001 to pound 45,000                               1                -
pound 45,001 to pound 50,000                               -                1
pound 60,001 to pound 65,000                               1                -
pound 65,001 to pound 70,000                               2                -
pound 70,001 to pound 75,000                               1                1
pound 75,001 to pound 80,000                               -                1
pound 120,001 to pound 125,000                             1                -
                                                          ===              ===

A provision of (pound) 95,000 has been established in these financial statements
in respect of bonus  payments  which may be made to directors  at the  company's
discretion.  As these bonuses have not yet been approved,  the above disclosures
include no amounts in respect of bonuses for the year.  However,  bonus payments
made in relation to the year ended 31 December 1994 are included above.


                                     F - 52
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited



5        Employee information

The average weekly number of persons (including executive directors) employed by
the company during the year was:


                                                       1995             1994
                                                     Number           Number

By activity
Administration                                           26               22
Technical                                                43               45
Marketing                                                38               34
                                                      -----            -----
                                                        107              101
                                                      =====            =====


                                                (pound '000)     (pound '000)

Staff costs (for the above persons)
Wages and salaries                                    2,766            2,407
Social security costs                                   277              243
Other pension costs                                     154              104
                                                      -----            -----
                                                      3,197            2,754
                                                      =====            =====

6  Interest payable and similar charges

                                                       1995             1994
                                                (pound '000)     (pound '000)

Interest payable on sums owed to parent 
 undertaking                                            266              266
                                                        ===              ===

7  Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities 
   before taxation


                                                       1995             1994
                                                (pound '000)     (pound '000)

The profit/(loss) on ordinary activities 
 before taxation is stated after
 charging/(crediting):
Depreciation                                          2,362            2,355
Auditors' remuneration                                   20               17
Auditors' remuneration for non-audit services            18               11
Rentals under operating leases on land 
 and buildings                                        1,168            1,122
Hire of equipment under operating leases              1,358            1,578
Profit on disposal of fixed assets                      (58)             (44)
                                                     ======           ======



                                     F - 53
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited



8  Tax on loss on ordinary activities


                                                       1995             1994
                                                (pound '000)      (pound '000)

United Kingdom corporation tax at 33% (1994: 33%)
 Deferred                                               Nil               27
                                                      =====            =====

No charge arises for  corporation  tax in the year due to losses brought forward
from previous years.

9  Tangible fixed assets

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Plant
                              Short term            and     Fixtures
                               leasehold      machinery          and         Motor
                            improvements    as restated     fittings      vehicles        Total
                             (pound '000)   (pound '000) (pound '000)  (pound '000) (pound '000)
<S>                                    <C>       <C>             <C>           <C>       <C>   
Cost
At 1 January 1995                      5         21,812          522           611       22,950
Additions                              -          2,379           95           327        2,801
Disposals                              -            (79)          (3)         (126)        (208)
Adjustment (see below)                 -           (175)           -             -         (175)
                                     ---         ------          ---           ---       ------
At 31 December 1995                    5         23,937          614           812       25,368
                                     ---         ------          ---           ---       ------
Depreciation
At 1 January 1995                      2         10,762          231           253       11,248
Charge for year                        1          2,161           88           164        2,414
Disposals                              -            (35)          (3)          (93)        (131)
Adjustment (see below)                 -            (52)           -             -          (52)
                                     ---         ------          ---           ---       ------
At 31 December 1995                    3         12,836          316           324       13,479
                                     ---         ------          ---           ---       ------
Net book value
At 31 December 1995                    2         11,101          298           488       11,889
                                     ===         ======          ===           ===       ======

At 31 December 1994                    3         11,050          291           358       11,702
                                     ===         ======          ===           ===       ======
</TABLE>

Included  in  the  above  are  assets  under   construction   to  the  value  of
(pound)235,000   (31  December  1994:  (pound)  265,000)  which  did  not  incur
depreciation during the year.

The  adjustments  relate to costs provided for and capitalised by the company in
previous years which are not payable.


                                     F - 54
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited



10 Stocks


                                                         1995             1994
                                                  (pound '000)     (pound '000)

Goods for resale                                          193               77
                                                          ===              ===

11 Debtors


                                                         1995             1994
                                                  (pound '000)     (pound '000)
Amounts falling due within one year
Trade debtors                                           1,955            2,022
Amounts owed by fellow subsidiary undertakings            155                -
Other debtors                                             136               73
Prepayments and accrued income                          1,076            1,010
                                                        -----            -----
                                                        3,322            3,105
                                                        =====            =====

12  Creditors: amounts falling due within one year


                                                         1995             1994
                                                  (pound '000)     (pound '000)
                                                 
Trade creditors                                         2,106            2,362
Amount owed to parent undertaking                       4,432            4,432
Other taxes and social security                           215              212
Accruals and deferred income                            2,974            3,616
                                                        -----            -----
                                                        9,727           10,622
                                                        =====            =====


                                     F - 55
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited



13   Deferred taxation

The total liability to deferred taxation is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Amount provided                    Amount unprovided
                                                  1995              1994              1995              1994
                                           (pound '000)      (pound '000)      (pound '000)      (pound '000)
<S>                                                                                   <C>               <C> 
Excess of capital allowances over
  depreciation                                       -                 -               355                64
Other                                                -                 -               (77)              (88)
                                                   ---               ---               ---               ---
                                                   Nil               Nil               278               (24)
                                                   ===               ===               ===               ===
</TABLE>

No provision has been made for deferred  taxation on these financial  statements
as the above  potential  liability  is covered by corporate  tax losses  carried
forward.

14  Called up share capital


                                                          1995             1994
                                                   (pound '000)     (pound '000)
Authorised
12,000,000 ordinary shares of pound 1 each              12,000           12,000
                                                        ======           ======
Allotted, called up and fully paid
9,000,000 ordinary shares of pound 1 each               9,000            9,000
                                                        ======           ======

15 Share premium account and reserves

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Share                              Profit
                                               premium          Goodwill          and loss
                                               account           reserve           account             Total
                                           (pound '000)      (pound '000)      (pound '000)      (pound '000)

<S>                                             <C>               <C>            <C>                <C>    
At 1 January 1995                                8,800              (107)          (11,804)           (3,111)
Transfer in respect of
 amortisation of goodwill                            -                49              (49)                 -
Profit for the financial year                        -                 -             1,605             1,605
                                                 -----               ---            ------             -----
At 31 December 1995                              8,800               (58)          (10,248)           (1,506)
                                                 =====               ===            ======             =====
</TABLE>
                                                                              


                                     F - 56
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited                                                   

                                       

16   Reconciliation of movements in shareholders' funds


                                                          1995             1994
                                                   (pound '000)     (pound '000)

Profit/(loss) for the financial year                     1,605             (508)
Goodwill written off                                         -              (25)
                                                         -----            -----
Net movement in shareholders' funds                      1,605             (533)
Opening shareholders' funds                              5,889            6,422
                                                         -----            -----
Closing shareholders' funds                              7,494            5,889
                                                         =====            =====

17   Reconciliation of operating profit/(loss)
     to net cash inflow from operating activities


                                                          1995             1994
                                                   (pound '000)     (pound '000)

Operating profit/(loss)                                  1,773             (344)
Profit on sale of tangible fixed assets                    (58)             (44)
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets                    2,362            2,355
Amounts written off fixed assets                           175                -
Increase in stocks                                        (116)             (71)
Increase in debtors                                       (217)            (490)
(Decrease)/increase in creditors                         (895)            1,451
                                                        ------           ------
Net cash inflow from operating activities                3,024            2,857
                                                        ======           ======




                                     F - 57
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited



18   Cash and cash equivalents



                                                          1995             1994
                                                   (pound '000)     (pound '000)
                                                   
Changes in the period                              
At 1 January 1995                                        1,627            2,391
Net cash inflow/(outflow)                                  190             (764)
                                                         -----            -----
At 31 December 1995                                      1,817            1,627
                                                         =====            =====



                                                          1995             1994
                                                   (pound '000)     (pound '000)

Analysis of balances
Cash at bank and in hand                                 1,817            1,627
                                                         =====            =====


19  Financial commitments


Capital commitments                                       1995             1994
                                                   (pound '000)     (pound '000)

Contracted for but not provided                          1,490            1,242
                                                         =====            =====

Authorised but not yet contracted for                      Nil               18
                                                         =====             ====

Operating lease commitments

At 31 December  1995 the company had annual  commitments  under  non-cancellable
operating leases, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      1995                                1994
                                                                   Other                               Other
                                              Land and         operating          Land and         operating
                                             buildings            leases         buildings            leases
                                           (pound '000)      (pound '000)      (pound '000)      (pound '000)
<S>                                                <C>                <C>              <C>               <C>
Leases which expire:
Within one year                                    300                84               342               229
Within two to five years                           285             1,539               220             1,435
After five years                                   566                 -               503                 -
                                                 -----             -----             -----             -----
                                                 1,151             1,623             1,065             1,664
                                                 =====             =====             =====             =====
</TABLE>
                                                                              



                                     F - 58
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited                                                 

                                            

20   Ultimate parent company

The directors  regard Geotek Inc (formerly  Geotek  Industries,  Inc), a company
incorporated  in the United States of America,  as the ultimate  parent company.
Copies of the parent's  consolidated  financial  statements may be obtained from
The Secretary,  Geotek Communications,  Inc. 20 Craig Road, Montvale, New Jersey
07645, United States of America.

21   Summary of differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP

These  Financial  Statements  are  prepared in British  Pounds and  presented in
accordance  with UK GAAP which differs in certain  significant  respects from US
GAAP.  These  differences,  which have a signigicant  effect on consolidated net
income and  shareholders'  equity,  are discussed  and  quantified in a table of
adjustments below. While this is not a comprehensive  summary of all differences
between UK GAAP and US GAAP, other differences are immaterial.

Significant differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP

(a)  Deferred income taxes

     Under UK GAAP, deferred taxes are only provided on timing differences where
it is considered probable that such taxes will become payable in the foreseeable
future.  Under SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes",  US GAAP requires
deferred  taxes to be provided in full under the liability  method.  There is no
net adjustment  recorded to the deferred  income tax accounts for them to comply
with US GAAP.  Taxes on income  presented in 1995 reflects the  utilization of a
(pound)770,000  pre-acqusition  net  operating  loss which had a full  valuation
allowance established at the time of acquisition by the Company. The utilization
of this  net  operating  loss  has  been  recorded  in 1995  as a  reduction  to
intangible assets.

(b)  Goodwill

     Under UK GAAP, the Company eliminates goodwill against reserves in the year
in which it arises.  US GAAP requires that goodwill is capitalized and amortized
through the income statement over the estimated period of benefit. Additionally,
under applicable rules of "push-down  accounting"  goodwill  associated with the
Parent Company's  acquisition of the Company was "pushed down" onto the books of
the Company at the time of the  acquisition.  The Parent  Company's policy is to
amortize goodwill on a straight line basis over 20 years.  Amortization  expense
relating to goodwill was  (pound)260,000  for  December  31, 1995 and 1994.  The
carrying  value of  goodwill  at  December  31,  1995 after the  adjustment  for
utilization of pre-acquisition net operating loss (see (a)) and amortization was
(pound)4,000,000.

(c)  Statements of Cash Flows

     The Company prepares its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows under United
Kingdom  Financial  Reporting  Standard No. 1, "Cash Flow Statements" ("FRS 1").
Its  objectives  and principles are similar to those set out in the US Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95, "Statement of Cash Flows" ("SFAS 95").


                                     F - 59
<PAGE>

National Band Three Limited                                                   


The principal differences between the standards relate to classification.  Under
FRS 1, the Company  presents  its cash flows as (a)  operating  activities;  (b)
returns on  investments  and servicing of finance;  (c) taxation;  (d) investing
acivities; and (e) financing activities.  SFAS 95 requires only three categories
of cash flow activity;  (a) operating;  (b) investing;  and (c) financing.  Cash
flows from  taxation and returns on  investments  and servicing of finance shown
under FRS 1 would be included as operating activities SFAS 95.

Statements of income

     The  following  is a summary  of  significant  items  which  reconcile  the
statements  of income  form that  reported  under UK GAAP to that which would be
reported has US GAAP been applied.

                                            Year Ended              Year Ended
                                          31, December            31, December
                                                  1995                    1994
                                           (pound '000)             (pound'000)
                                        ---------------           ------------
Net income (loss) as shown in the
       financial statements                (pound)1,605           (pound)(508)
   US GAAP adjustments:  
       Amortization of goodwill                    (260)                 (260)
       Taxes on Income                             (770)
                                                  -----

Net income (loss) under US GAAP             (pound) 575           (pound)(768)
                                            ===========           ============


Shareholders' Funds

     The  following  is a  summary  of the  signigicant  items  which  reconcile
shareholders'  funds from that  reported  under UK GAAP to that  which  would be
reported had US GAAP been applied.

                                                             As of December 31,
                                                               (pound '000)
                                                            -----------------
                                                         1995              1994
                                                         ----              ----
Shareholders' funds shown in the financial
     statements                                  (pound)7,494      (pound)5,889
     US GAAP adjustments:
         Goodwill                                       4,000             5,030
         Deferred Income Tax                               --                --
                                                    ---------         ---------

Shareholders' funds under US GAAP               (pound)11,494     (pound)10,919
                                                =============     =============

                                     F - 60
<PAGE>
                    Bogen Communications Internatioal, Inc.
                                and Subsidiaries

                                     F - 61
<PAGE>

                    [Letterhead of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.]

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
of Bogen Communications International, Inc.:


We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated   balance  sheets  of  BOGEN
COMMUNICATIONS  INTERNATIONAL,  INC. and SUBSIDIARIES (formerly European Gateway
Acquisition  Corp.) as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related statements
of operations,  common stock subject to possible  redemption  and  stockholders'
equity  and cash  flows for each of the two years then  ended.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bogen Communications
International,  Inc. and  Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
results  of its  operations  and its cash  flows for each of the two years  then
ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                               COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.


March 21, 1996
New York, New York.



                                     F - 62
<PAGE>

                    [Letterhead of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.]

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
of Bogen Communications International, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statements of operations,  common
stock subject to possible redemption and stockholders'  equity and cash flows of
BOGEN  COMMUNICATIONS  INTERNATIONAL,  INC. and SUBSIDIARIES  (formerly European
Gateway Acquisition Corp.) for the year ended December 31, 1993. These financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the results of operations and cash flows of
Bogen  Communications  International,  Inc. and  Subsidiaries for the year ended
December 31, 1993, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                               COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.


March 21, 1996
New York, New York.



                                     F - 63
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995 and 1994
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                              1995       1994
                                                            --------   --------
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents                                   $  1,276   $    148
Accounts receivable (less allowance
 for doubtful accounts of $424
 and $365 at December 31, 1995 and
 1994, respectively)                                           4,992      6,035
Inventory, net (Note 2)                                        6,922      8,158
Prepaid expenses and other current
 assets                                                        1,042      1,294
                                                            --------   --------

     TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                     14,232     15,635
Property and equipment, net (Note 3)                           2,191      2,024
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
 (Note 4)                                                     14,706     15,055
Other assets                                                     175        152
                                                            --------   --------
      TOTAL ASSETS                                          $ 31,304   $ 32,866
                                                            ========   ========
LIABILITIES
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Amounts outstanding under revolving credit
 agreements (Note 5)                                        $  4,944   $  5,635
Accounts payable, including cash overdrafts of
 $-0- and $238 at December 31, 1995 and
 1994, respectively                                            2,861      3,645
Accrued expenses                                               3,610      2,029
Income taxes payable                                           1,353         89
Advances and notes payable to related parties (Note 6)           537      2,662
Current maturities of notes payable to non-related parties       174        573
                                                            --------   --------
    TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                 13,479     14,633
Advances and notes payable to related parties (Note 6)         3,458      5,039
Notes payable to non-related parties (Note 6)                   --          174
Other long term liabilities (Note 8)                             674        649
Minority interest                                                550        547
                                                            --------   --------
  TOTAL LIABILITIES                                           18,161     21,042
                                                            --------   --------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Common stock - subject to possible redemption,
 309,845 shares at redemption value                             --        1,575
                                                            --------   --------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 9)
Common stock - $.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares
 authorized; 5,759,350 and 1,615,155 shares issued
 and outstanding at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
 respectively                                                      6          2
Additional paid-in capital (Notes 9 and 10)                   19,175     12,638
Accumulated deficit                                           (6,185)    (2,428)
Cumulative currency translation adjustments                      147         37
                                                            --------   --------
     TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                               13,143     10,249
                                                            --------   --------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY             $ 31,304   $ 32,866
                                                            ========   ========


      Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements


                                     F - 64
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)


                                            POST - PUSHDOWN         PRE-PUSHDOWN
                                          1995           1994           1993
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

Net sales
     (Note 14: phase-out of OAS
      Product Line)                   $    44,518    $    45,922    $    30,072

Cost of goods sold (including
 charges of $2,222, $1,273 and
 $115 to reduce certain inventory
 to market value for the years
 ending December 31, 1995, 1994
 and 1993, respectively)(Note 14)          27,338         29,739         18,449
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

 Gross profit (Note 14)                    17,180         16,183         11,623

Operating expenses:
 Research and development (Note 14)         2,307          1,999          1,696
 Selling, general and administrative
   (Note 14)                               15,067         12,555          9,140
 Amortization of goodwill and
  intangible assets (Note 9)                  443            424             18
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

  Income (loss) from operations              (637)         1,205            769

Other (income) expenses:
  Other (income)                             (237)           (39)          --
  Interest expense, net                       587            498            342
  Interest expense - related parties          619            696            427
  Transaction costs                         1,491           --             --
  Minority interest of consolidated
   subsidiaries                               184            326             37
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

(Loss) before provision
  for income taxes (Note 14)               (3,281)          (276)           (37)

Provision for income taxes (Note 7)        (1,262)           (79)          --
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

Net (loss)                            $    (4,543)   $      (355)   $       (37)
                                      ===========    ===========    ===========

Net (Loss) per common share:
 Net (Loss)                           $     (1.37)         (0.18)   $     (0.04)
                                      ===========    ===========    ===========

Weighted Average number of common
Shares Outstanding (Note 13)            3,311,668      1,925,000        865,506
                                      ===========    ===========    ===========

      Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

                                     F - 65
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO
POSSIBLE REDEMPTION AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                          CUMULATIVE
                                               COMMON STOCK         COMMON STOCK                                           FOREIGN
                                                SUBJECT TO      -----------------------     ADDITIONAL                     CURRENCY
                                                 POSSIBLE       NUMBER OF                    PAID-IN       ACCUMULATED   TRANSLATION
                                                REDEMPTION       SHARES          AMT         CAPITAL         DEFICIT      ADJUSTMENT
                                               ------------     ---------     ---------     ----------     -----------   -----------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>      
PRE-PUSHDOWN

Balance at December 31, 1992                          --             --            --       $   6,006      $  (8,519)          --
Acquisition of Speech Design                          --             --            --             917         (2,041)          --
Capital contribution                                  --             --            --              50           --             --
Original issuance of common stock                     --          375,000     $       1          --             --             --
Sale of 1,550,000 units, net of                                                                                         
 underwriting discounts, non-accountable                                                                                
 expense allowance and offering expense          $   1,506      1,240,155             1          --             --             --
Accretion of redemption value of                                                                                        
 common stock                                            9           --            --            --             --             --
Translation adjustments                                                                                                   $     (70)
Net loss                                              --             --            --            --              (37)   
                                                 ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                                                                        
Balance at December 31, 1993                         1,515      1,615,155             2         6,973        (10,597)           (70)
                                                                                                                        
POST-PUSHDOWN                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                        
Translation adjustments                               --             --            --            --             --              107
Accretion of redemption value                                                                                           
 of common stock                                        60           --            --            --             --             --
Geotek pushdown of goodwill (Notes 1 and 9)           --             --            --           5,665          8,524           --
Net loss                                              --             --            --            --             (355)          --
                                                 ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                                                                        
Balance at December 31, 1994                         1,575      1,615,155             2        12,638         (2,428)            37
Recapitalization by foreign subsidiary                --             --            --            (967)           967           --
Accretion of redemption value                                                                                           
 of common stock                                        52           --            --             (52)          --             --
Reclass of common stock subject to                                                                                      
 redemption to common stock                                                                                             
 upon the Company's acquisition                                                                                         
 of Bogen and Speech Design                         (1,627)       309,845          --           1,627           --             --
Forgiveness of Bogen inter-                                                                                             
 company debt by Geotek                                              --            --           7,155                   
Issuance of common stock and other                                                                                      
 adjustments to effect combination                                                                                      
 of Bogen and Speech Design (see Note 2)              --        3,701,919             4        (1,966)          --             --
                                                                                                                        
Issuance of common stock and warrants                                                                                   
 to purchase 60,000 shares of common                                                                                    
 stock for services provided to                                                                                         
 facilitate the acquisition of                                                                                          
 Bogen and Speech Design                              --          132,431          --             740           --             --
                                                                                                                        
Dividend paid by subsidiary to minority                                                                                 
    shareholders                                      --             --            --            --             (181)          --
Translation adjustments                               --             --            --            --             --              110
Net loss                                                             --                                       (4,543) 
                                                 ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995                     $    --        5,759,350     $       6     $  19,175      $  (6,185)     $     147
                                                 =========      =========     =========     =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements


                                     F - 66
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              POST           PRE
                                                            PUSHDOWN       PUSHDOWN
                                                              1995           1994          1993
                                                            -------        -------       -------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>           <C>     
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss                                                  $(4,543)       $  (355)      $   (37)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
  cash provided by(used in)operating activities:
     Non-cash transaction costs                                 740           --            --
     Depreciation                                               868            574           428
     Amortization                                               443            431            18
     Provisions for doubtful accounts and
     inventory obsolescence                                   1,344          1,281           181
     Minority interest                                          184            326            37
   Change in operating assets and liabilities
       (net of effects from acquisitions):
     Accounts receivable                                        984           (405)       (3,610)
     Inventories                                                (49)        (2,914)          413
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                  200           (230)           24
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses                    1,901            412         1,874
     Other                                                     --              138           200
                                                            -------        -------       -------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES           2,072           (742)         (472)
                                                            -------        -------       -------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of equipment                                      (1,035)          (892)         (740)
  Acquisition of Satelco                                       --             (392)         --
  Cash obtained in the acquisition of
   Speech Design and Bogen                                    8,149           --            --
  Acquisition of investments and intangibles                    (60)          --            --
  Collection of notes receivable                                 37             38            37
                                                            -------        -------       -------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES           7,091         (1,246)         (703)
                                                            -------        -------       -------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Amounts borrowed (paid to) non-related parties               (688)          (509)         (486)
  Amounts borrowed (paid) under revolving credit
     agreements, net                                           (691)         1,875           (92)
  Dividend paid to Geotek related to
     combination of Bogen and Speech Design                  (7,000)
  Dividend paid by subsidiary                                  (181)
  Amounts borrowed from (paid to) related parties               415            552         1,992
  Cash overdraft receipts (payments)                           --              118          (317)
  Capital contribution                                         --             --              50
                                                            -------        -------       -------
  NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
      FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                   (8,145)         2,036         1,147
                                                            -------        -------       -------

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                                   1,018             48           (28)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                  148             87           122
Effects of Exchange Rate on Cash                                110             13            (7)
                                                            -------        -------       -------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                    $ 1,276        $   148       $    87
                                                            =======        =======       =======
</TABLE>

      Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements


                                     F - 67
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNCATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         POST - PUSHDOWN          PRE-PUSHDOWN
                                                       1995            1994           1993
                                                     -------         -------         -------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>    
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

  Cash paid for interest                             $   829         $   654         $   565
  Cash paid for income taxes                               4               6               0
                                                                                   
Non Cash Investing and Financing Activites:                                        
                                                                                   
  Forgiveness of Bogen debt by                                                     
    Geotek treated as an equity                                                    
    contribution                                       7,155            --              --
                                                                                   
  Debt paid by Geotek                                   --              --               150
                                                                                   
  Goodwill pushed down from parent                      --            14,252            --
                                                                                   
  Adjustments to combine companies                     1,966            --              --
                                                                                   
  Notes payable to Geotek in                                                       
    consideration for acquiring                                                    
    Bogen and Speech Design                            3,000            --              --
                                                                                   
  Common stock issued to Geotek in                                                 
    consideration for acquiring Bogen                                              
    and Speech Design                                      4            --              --
                                                                                   
  Common stock and warrants issued                                                 
   as consideration for certain                                                    
   services provided to the Company                                                
   in connection with the acquisition                                              
   of Bogen and Speech Design                            740            --              --
                                                                                   
Assets acquired (net of cash):                                                     
  Prepaid assets                                           8            --              --
  Intangible assets                                       34            --              --
                                                                                   
Liabilities assumed:                                                               
  Accrued expenses                                       160            --              --
  Note payable - to non-related party                    115            --              --
  Advances from Geotek                                    33            --              --
                                                     -------         -------         -------
Net liabilities assumed                                $(266)
                                                     =======         =======         =======

</TABLE>
      Accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements


                                     F - 68
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

A.   Principles of Consolidation

     The consolidated financial statements of Bogen Communications
     International, Inc., formerly European Gateway Acquisition Corp. (the
     "Company"), include the accounts of Bogen Corporation, Inc. ("Bogen") and
     Speech Design GmbH ("Speech Design"). All significant intercompany balances
     and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain 1994 and
     1993 balances have been reclassified to conform with the 1995 presentation.

B.   Nature of Operations

     The Company's operations are conducted in one segment engaged in the
     development, manufacturing, and marketing of communication products.
     Product lines sold by the company are further described below:

          Telephone Products ("Telco") 

          Commercial Audio Products ("Commercial Sound")

          Intercom/Paging Equipment ("Engineered Systems")

          Small Office/Home Office Products("OAS")

C.   Use of Estimates

     The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
     generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
     estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
     liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
     of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
     expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from
     those estimates.

D.   Basis of Presentation

     On August 21, 1995, the Company acquired a 99% interest in Bogen and a 67%
     interest in Speech Design. The Company paid Geotek Communications, Inc.
     ("Geotek") $7,000 in cash, a convertible promissory note in the aggregate
     principal amount of $3,000 and 3,700,000 shares of the Company's common
     stock and warrants to acquire 200,000 shares of common stock of the
     Company. As a result, Geotek acquired approximately 64% of the stock of the
     Company, thereby giving it a controlling interest in the Company. Geotek,
     in addition, forgave approximately $7,155 of intercompany indebtedness from
     Bogen as part of the transaction. Further, as contingent consideration, the
     Company could be liable to pay Geotek an amount up to $11,000, or receive
     up to $2,500 from Geotek, based upon the operating results of the Company
     during the two years after the transaction. For accounting purposes, the
     acquisition is being treated as a joint acquisition of the Company by Bogen
     and Speech Design, companies under the common control of Geotek. The
     transaction is considered a reverse acquisition with Geotek as the acquiror
     for accounting purposes. The historical financial statements reflect the
     combination of Bogen and Speech Design in a manner similar


                                     F - 69
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     to a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the historical financial statements
     reflect the combined operations of Bogen and Speech Design.

E.   Transaction Costs

     The Company incurred transaction costs of $1,491 in connection with the
     acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design which have been charged to
     non-operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 1995. These costs
     consist of non-recurring legal and other professional fees and other costs
     of the transaction amounting to $751 and a non-cash charge of $740 for the
     estimated fair value of 132,400 shares of common stock of the Company and
     warrants to purchase 60,000 shares of the Company's common stock at $5.25
     per share, for services provided to the Company in connection with
     facilitating the acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design.

F.   Revenue Recognition

     Product revenue, net of expected returns, is recognized upon shipment.

G.   Goodwill

     As explained in Note 1D, the acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design is
     being accounted for as a reverse acquisition by Geotek. Accordingly, no
     goodwill will arise from the transaction described above as it is being
     accounted for on a historical cost basis.

     Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets
     acquired. Goodwill also includes the effect of push-down accounting
     described below, by which Bogen recorded in its financial statements
     Geotek's goodwill associated with its purchase of Bogen. Goodwill is being
     amortized using the straight-line method over 40 years. At each balance
     sheet date, management assesses whether there has been a permanent
     impairment in the net carrying value of goodwill and the amount, if any, of
     such impairment by comparing anticipated undiscounted future cash flows
     from operating activities with the carrying value of goodwill. The factors
     considered by management in performing this assessment include current
     operating results, trends, the effect of obsolescence, demand, competition
     and certain other economic factors.

     Through a series of transactions from 1991 through 1993, Geotek acquired
     for an aggregate consideration of approximately $8,400, 91% of Bogen. The
     purchase price included $1,500 in cash and short-term notes payable, the
     issuance of approximately 1,559,000 shares of Geotek's common stock and the
     conversion of $5,200 of Bogen's debt. In January 1994, Geotek completed a
     tender offer whereby its interest in Bogen increased from 91% to 99% in
     exchange for 230,300 shares of Geotek's common stock valued at
     approximately $3,300. Since Geotek acquired a greater than 95% interest in
     Bogen, pursuant to the rules of push-down accounting, the acquisition gave
     rise to a new basis of accounting and the goodwill related to Geotek's
     acquisition was "pushed-down" to the financial



                                     F - 70
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     statements of Bogen. Accordingly, Bogen recorded net goodwill in the amount
     of $14,300 million in the first quarter of 1994. The goodwill is being
     amortized over its then remaining life of approximately 38 years. The
     related amortization expense for the pushed down goodwill was approximately
     $376 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994.

     The consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December
     31, 1993 were prepared using the Company's historical basis of accounting
     (Pre-Pushdown basis of accounting). The consolidated financial statements
     as of and for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, were prepared
     under a new basis of accounting that reflects the additional goodwill
     pushed down from Geotek (Post-Pushdown basis of accounting). Comparability
     of operating results for the pre-pushdown and post-pushdown periods are
     affected by the additional amortization of goodwill.

     Goodwill in the amount of $739 represents the excess of cost over the fair
     value of net assets acquired by Speech Design related to the acquisition of
     its 67% owned subsidiary Satelco.

H.   Cash and Cash Equivalents

     Cash includes cash on-hand and all highly-liquid debt instruments purchased
     with original maturities of three months or less. The Company has invested
     approximately $500 in a Certificate of Deposit in one bank at December 31,
     1995.

I.   Inventories

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
     market. Reserves are established for valuation purposes or determined by
     management on a periodic basis, as required by conditions of obsolescence.

J.   Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided on a
     straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset which
     generally ranges from three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are
     amortized ratably over their remaining lease terms, or estimated useful
     lives, if shorter.

     Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and renewals of minor items are
     charged to operations as incurred. Major renewals and improvements are
     capitalized. Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated
     depreciation is removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is
     reflected in operations for the period.

K.   Income Taxes

     The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,
     "Accounting for Income Taxes" (FAS 109). FAS 109 is an asset and liability



                                     F - 71
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and
     liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have
     been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns.

L.   Net Loss Per Share

     Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted
     average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Common stock
     equivalents are excluded from the shares outstanding since the effect would
     be antidilutive.

M.   Credit Risk

     The Company develops, produces, markets and sells commercial audio,
     electronic, paging, communications and other equipment. The Company
     performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers. The accounts
     receivable resulting from its sales transactions generally are not
     collateralized. The Company provides reserves for potential losses from
     these receivables.

N.   Translation of Foreign Currencies

     Assets and liabilities of the Company are translated from local currencies
     into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the end of the period.
     Revenue and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates
     prevailing during the period. Local currencies are considered to be the
     functional currencies of the Company and its subsidiaries. Translation
     adjustments that arise from translation of the Company and its
     subsidiaries' financial statements are accumulated in a separate component
     of shareholder's equity. Transaction gains and losses that arise from
     exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in a currency other than
     local currencies are included in income as incurred.

     In the consolidated statements of cash flows, financing activities have
     been reflected at average rates for the years.

O.   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The recorded amount of cash, cash equivalents, notes payable and advances,
     approximates fair value due to the short term maturities of these assets
     and liabilities.

P.   Recently Issued Accounting Pronoucements

     In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
     SFAS No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
     Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of" which is effective for fiscal years
     beginning after December 31, 1995. The Company will adopt this standard in
     1996 and is presently analyzing the impact of this new standard on its
     financial position and results of operations.


                                     F - 72
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based
     Compensation" which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
     15, 1995. The Company is still assessing the impact of implementing this
     new standard and can therefore not predict the effect on the Company's
     financial position and results of operations.

2.   Inventory

     Inventory, at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market, as of
     December 31, 1995 and 1994, is as follows:

                                                        1995          1994
                                                       ------        ------
     Raw materials and supplies                        $1,864        $1,985
     Work in progress                                   1,155           758
     Finished goods                                     3,903         5,415
                                                       ------        ------

                  TOTAL                                $6,922        $8,158
                                                       ======        ======


     The inventory balances are net of a reserve for inventory valuation and
     obsolescence of $2,552 and $1,267 at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
     respectively.

3.   Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment at December 31, 1995 and 1994 is comprised of the
     following items:

                                                       1995          1994
                                                     -------       -------

     Machinery, equipment and tooling                $ 3,363       $ 2,735
     Furniture and office equipment                    1,485         1,367
     Leasehold improvements                              600           542
                                                     -------       -------
                                                       5,448         4,644
     Less: accumulated depreciation
           and amortization, net of
              disposals                               (3,257)       (2,620)
                                                     -------       -------

                                                     $ 2,191       $ 2,024
                                                     =======       =======

     Depreciation and amortization expense was approximately $868, $574 and $428
     for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

4.   Goodwill and Intangible Assets

     Goodwill and intangible assets consist of the following, at December 31,
     1995 and 1994:



                                     F - 73
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                     1995           1994
                                                   --------       --------

     Goodwill                                      $ 16,345       $ 16,345
     Other intangibles                                  123             29
                                                   --------       --------

     Total intangibles                               16,468         16,374

     Less: accumulated amortization                  (1,762)        (1,319)
                                                   --------       --------

                                                   $ 14,706       $ 15,055
                                                   ========       ========


     Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles was approximately $443, $424
     and $18 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

5.   Revolving Credit Agreeements

     In August 1995, Bogen extended a $10,000 domestic revolving senior line of
     credit for a two year term expiring August 1997. The line is collateralized
     by substantially all the assets of Bogen and is guaranteed by Geotek.
     Advances bear interest at the rate of 2% to 2.75% over the lender's prime
     rate. At December 31, 1995, the lender's prime rate was 8.75%. Advances to
     Bogen are made based on a percentage of accounts receivable and inventory.

     As of December 31, 1995 and 1994, Bogen had short term domestic borrowings
     outstanding under the line of credit of $3,670 and $4,350. The amounts
     available under the credit line based upon accounts receivable and
     inventory were $437 and $264 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
     Under the terms of the line of credit, Bogen cannot, among other actions,
     declare or pay any dividends, return capital to its stockholders or redeem
     or repurchase any of its outstanding capital stock. Net assets of Bogen
     restricted under this agreement were $14,820 and $10,839 at December 31,
     1995 and 1994, respectively.

     In August 1995, in connection with the Company's acqusisition of Bogen and
     Speech Design, Geotek also agreed to provide Bogen with a working capital
     line of credit for two years in the aggregate principal amount of $2,000.
     Amounts drawn under the line bear interest at 1% per annum above the rate
     Bogen pays for its then largest credit facility. There were no borrowings
     under this facility at December 31, 1995.

     At December 31, 1995 and 1994, Speech Design had short term lines of credit
     and overdraft facilities available of $3,453 and $1,863, respectively, of
     which short term borrowings amounted to $1,274 and $1,285, respectively.
     The amounts available under these credit lines were $2,179 and $578 at
     December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, with rates tied to short-term
     bank notes.

     Total outstanding revolving lines of credit are summarized as follows at
     December 31:



                                     F - 74
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                         1995         1994
                                                        ------       ------
     Domestic Lines of Credit Utilized                  $3,670       $4,350
     Foreign Lines of Credit Utilized:
       Speech Design                                       627          728
       Satelco                                             647          557
                                                        ------       ------

                                                        $4,944       $5,635
                                                        ======       ======


6.   Long-Term Debt

     A: ADVANCES and NOTES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES

     Advances and notes payable to related parties at December 31, 1995 consist
     of the following:

                                                          1995       1994
                                                        -------    -------

     Advances from Geotek                               $   138    $ 4,840
     Notes Payable - Geotek
      (at prime rate + 1 1/8%)                             --        1,565
     Notes Payable - Geotek (at prime rate)                --          333
     Notes Payable - Geotek (at prime rate + 1%)            133        267
     Notes Payable - Geotek                                 266        381
     Loan to Related Party                                  317        315
     Notes Payable - Geotek (at 13%)                      3,141       --
                                                        -------    -------
               Total                                      3,995      7,701
     Less: Current Maturities                              (537)    (2,662)
                                                        -------    -------
                                                        $ 3,458    $ 5,039
                                                        =======    =======


     Advances from Geotek

     The $4,840 non-interest bearing advance from Geotek to Bogen was forgiven
     in connection with the acquisition of Bogen by the Company and was recorded
     as a contribution to equity on August 21, 1995 (the date of the
     acquisition). The remaining $138 consists of net current advances made
     subsequent to the acquisition.

     Notes Payable - Geotek (at prime rate + 1 1/8%)

     This $1,565 note was also forgiven in connection with the acquisition of
     Bogen by the Company and was recorded as a contribution to equity at the
     date of acquisition. Prior to conversion into equity, principal
     installments of $39 per quarter were made plus interest at the prime rate
     plus 1 1/8%.



                                     F - 75
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     Notes Payable - Geotek (at prime rate)

     This $333 note was also forgiven in connection with the acquisition of
     Bogen by the Company and was recorded as a contribution to equity at the
     date of acquisition. Prior to conversion into equity, principal
     installments of $4 per month were made plus interest at the prime rate.

     Notes Payable - Geotek (at prime rate + 1%)

     This note payable to Geotek from Speech Design is payable in quarterly
     installments of $33 plus interest at the prime rate plus 1%.

     Notes Payable - Geotek

     This note payable to Geotek is from Satelco, a 67% owned subsidiary of
     Speech Design, and is payable in quarterly installments of $87 beginning in
     September, 1995 plus annual payments of interest at the Swiss prime rate
     plus 1%.


     Loan to Related Party

     This $315 original note from the minority shareholders of Satelco is
     payable in quarterly installments of $31 plus interest at the Zurich
     Kantonal Bank rate with installments beginning February, 1995. The payments
     of this note have been suspended (with the approval of the noteholder)
     until such time as the Satelco subsidiary becomes profitable. Accordingly,
     this note payable has been classified as long-term.

     Notes Payable (by the Company) to Geotek

     This note payable to Geotek from the Company was incurred at the date of
     acquisition for $3,000 plus interest payable quarterly in arrears at
     varying rates equal to the Company's current borrowing rate from CIT plus
     2%. This note is due in February, 1997. These notes are convertible into
     Common Stock of the Company at any time under a conversion formula. These
     notes can be prepaid at any time which would void the conversion feature.

     B: NOTES PAYABLE TO NON-RELATED PARTIES

     Notes payable to non-related parties at December 31, 1995 consist of the
     following:

                                                           1995     1994
                                                          -----    -----
       Various Notes Payable (at prime rate)              $  60    $ 202
       Notes Payable (with imputed interest 9%)            --        147
       Notes Payable (with imputed interest at 9%)           37      177
       Notes Payable (at 12% interest rate)                  12       62
       Notes Payable to Bank (at 8.5% interest rate)         65      159
                                                          -----    -----
           Total                                            174      747
       Less: Current Maturities                            (174)    (573)
                                                          -----    -----
                                                          $ --     $ 174
                                                          =====    =====

     Various Notes Payable (at prime rate)

     Payable in monthly installments of $12 plus interest at the prime
     [   ] rate.


                                     F - 76
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     Notes Payable (with imputed interest at 9%)

     Payable in monthly installments of $12 including imputed interest at 9%.

     Notes Payable (with imputed interest at 9%)

     Payable in annual installments of $150 including imputed interest at 9%.

     Notes Payable (at 12% interest rate)

     Payable in monthly installments of $4 plus interest at 12%.

     Notes Payable to Bank (at 8.5% interest rate)

     Payable by Speech Design in quarterly installments plus interest of 8.5%.

     Principal maturities of long-term debt over the next five years and
     thereafter are as follows:

                                       Related                        
                                       Parties           Other           Total
                                       ------           ------           ------
     1996                              $  537           $  174           $  711
     1997                               3,141             --              3,141
     1998                                --               --               --
     1999                                --               --               --
     2000                                --               --               --
     Thereafter                           317             --                317
                                       ------           ------           ------
                                                                      
                                       $3,995           $  174           $4,169
                                       ======           ======           ======
                                                                      
7.   Income Taxes

     The Company's payable for income taxes consists of the following:

                                                       1995           1994
                                                      ------         ------
     Foreign:
      Speech Design                                   $1,353         $   89
                                                      ------         ------

        TOTAL INCOME TAXES PAYABLE                    $1,353         $   89
                                                      ======         ======

     The components of income tax expense (all foreign) are as follows for the
     years ended December 31:

                                               1995        1994        1993
                                             ------      ------      ------

     Current income tax                      $1,257      $   65      $    0
     Current corporation tax                      5          14           0
                                             ------      ------      ------

                                             $1,262      $   79      $ -0-
                                             ======      ======      ======

     Income tax expense for 1995 and 1994 differs from the amount computed by
     applying the U.S. federal statutory rates due to losses in the U.S. for
     which no benefit

                                     F - 77
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     has been provided offset by foreign taxable income at tax rates different
     than the U.S. federal statutory rate.

     The Company had net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards for U.S. tax
     purposes of approximately $6,746 as of December 31, 1995, which expire
     between the years 2004 through 2010. Under Section 382 of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the net operating loss carryforwards are
     subject to certain limitations on their utilization as a result of the
     changes in control of the Company in 1991 and 1995.


     The components of deferred tax assets at December 31, 1995 and 1994, were
     approximately as follows:


                                                       1995          1994
                                                     -------       -------
     Deferred Tax Assets:

     NOL carryforwards                               $ 2,601       $ 1,886
     Deferred rent                                       251           194
     Inventory Reserves                                  972           642
     Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                     163           116
     Other                                               844           294
                                                     -------       -------

         TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSETS                     4,831         3,132

     Less, valuation allowance                        (4,831)       (3,132)
                                                     -------       -------

         NET DEFERRED TAX ASSETS                     $   -0-       $   -0-
                                                     =======       =======

     In accordance with SFAS No. 109, the Company has established a valuation
     allowance of $4,831 and $3,132 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
     1994, respectively, offsetting the tax benefit of the deferred tax assets,
     principally the NOL carryforwards, to the extent the benefit is not
     expected to be realized.

8.   Commitments and Contingencies

     Operating Leases

     The Company occupies its plant and office facilities and operates certain
     equipment under leases expiring at various dates through 2004. The facility
     lease contains an escalation clause and provides for payments of taxes and
     expenses over base rent. The facility lease also contains a five year
     renewal option.


                                     F - 78
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     The minimum annual rental commitments over the next five years under
     operating leases are as follows:

                  Year Ending
                  December 31,
                  ------------
                     1996                            $ 1,127
                     1997                              1,116
                     1998                              1,039
                     1999                                954
                     2000                                872
                  Thereafter                             807
                                                      ------
                                                      $5,915
                                                      ======

     Bogen's facility lease includes scheduled rent increases over the lease
     term. Rent expense has been recorded on a straight-line basis and the
     related deferred rent obligation of $597 and $554 at December 31, 1995 and
     1994, respectively, is classified as a long-term liability.

     Rent expense charged to operations totaled approximately $1,055, $779 and
     $787 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

     Employment and Consulting Agreements

     In March 1991, Bogen entered into an employment agreement with an officer
     which, among other things, provided for annual compensation of
     approximately $150 and a bonus equal to 5% of pre-tax earnings. In the
     first quarter of 1993, the officer resigned from the Company. As a result,
     in 1993, the Company recorded a charge of $50 for a severance payment
     pursuant to the termination agreement with such officer. This payment was
     made by Geotek on behalf of the Company and has been treated as a capital
     contribution in 1993. Other officers of the Company are employed pursuant
     to written agreements with Geotek and the Company.

     Commitments

     At December 31, 1995, the Company had commitments to purchase merchandise
     from foreign vendors of $694 under documentary letters of credit and $133
     under other sight documents. In addition, the Company has commitments to
     purchase from certain foreign vendors raw materials with a value of
     approximately $28. Pursuant to the sale of Aryt Optronics, Ltd. by Geotek
     in 1992, the Company obtained certain benefits and concessions from Reshef
     Technologies, Ltd. ("Reshef"), formerly a related company to Bogen. Such
     concessions and benefits would be lost by the Company if certain target
     purchases from Reshef were not met. Purchases made under this agreement
     complied with the target purchase requirements and approximated $3,612,
     $6,284 and $3,100 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The



                                     F - 79
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     concessions and benefits from Reshef expired on December 31, 1995.

     Litigation

     On April 13, 1995, a settlement of litigation was reached between
     AccessLine Technologies, Inc. ("AccessLine") and Bogen, that was effective
     January 1, 1995. Accessline had alleged patent infringement by Bogen's
     "Friday" product line and had sought unspecified damages from Bogen. The
     settlement resolved all current and future matters that may be brought by
     AccessLine with regard to this alleged patent infringement. Under the terms
     of the settlement, AccessLine granted a license to Bogen permitting Bogen
     to continue selling its "Friday Home Office Receptionist" line of products
     and other variations thereof on a worldwide basis. In return, the Company
     has agreed to pay AccessLine a royalty of 3% of net sales for applicable
     units sold after December 31, 1994. Applicable units would include current
     models of the "Friday Home Office Receptionist" and future new products
     that would be similar and meet the requirements of the agreement. The term
     of the license agreement is coincident with the expiration of patents
     applicable under the license agreement unless terminated sooner in
     accordance with the agreement. Under terms of this agreement, the Company
     has recorded royalty expense of $92 for the year ended December 31, 1995.

9.   Stockholder's Equity

     Common Stock and Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

     The following discussion summarizes the incorporation of the Company, the
     capitalization, and the requirements and privileges of the shareholders in
     the periods preceding the consummation of the acquisition of Bogen and
     Speech Design on August 21, 1995.

     The Company was incorporated in Delaware on May 6, 1993 with the objective
     of acquiring a medium-sized operating business engaged in industrial
     manufacturing or industrial services and located in Germany, Switzerland or
     Austria ("Business Combination"). The Company's founding directors and
     advisors purchased 500,000 common shares, $.001 par value, for five hundred
     dollars during the three month period after incorporation. On September 30,
     1993, 125,000 shares were returned to the Company by the founding
     shareholders and was retroactively reflected in the financial statements as
     a net issuance of 375,000 shares.

     On October 15, 1993, the Company sold 1,550,000 units ("Units") in an
     initial public offering ("Offering") of the Company's common stock. Each
     unit consisted of one share of the Company's common stock, $.001 par value,
     and two Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants ("Warrants"). Each
     Warrant entitled the holder to purchase, during the period commencing on
     the later of the consummation by the Company of its Business Combination or
     one year from the effective date of the Offering and ending seven years
     from the effective date of Offering, from the Company one share of common
     stock at an exercise price of $5.50. The Warrants are redeemable at a
     price of $.01 per Warrant upon 30 days notice any at time, only in the
     event that the last sale price of the common stock is at least $10.00 per
     share for 20 consecutive trading days ending on the third day prior to


                                     F - 80
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     date on which notice of redemption  is given.  The proceeds of the Offering
     were  deposited  in  a  trust  fund  to  fund  a  Business  Combination  or
     liquidation of the Company.

     The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for the acquisition of a
     Business Combination, submitted such transaction for stockholder approval.
     In the event that 20% or more of the shareholders excluding, for this
     purpose, those persons who were shareholders prior to the Offering, had
     voted against the Business Combination, the Business Combination would not
     have been consummated. For the first Business Combination consummated by
     the Company, all of the Company's shareholders prior to the Offering,
     including all of the officers, directors and advisors of the Company
     ("Initial Shareholders") agreed to vote their shares of common stock in
     accordance with the vote of the majority in interest of all other
     shareholders of the Company ("Public Shareholders") with respect to any
     Business Combination. After consummation of the Company's first Business
     Combination, these voting safeguards were no longer applicable.

     When the Business  Combination  was approved  and  consummated,  any Public
     Shareholder  who had voted  against  the  Business  Combination  could have
     demanded that the Company redeem his shares. The per share redemption price
     equaled  the  amount  in  the  Trust  Fund,  as  of  the  record  date  for
     determination of shareholders entitled to vote on the Business Combination,
     divided by the number of shares held by Public  Shareholders.  Accordingly,
     Public Shareholders  holding 19.99% of the aggregate number of shares owned
     by all Public Shareholders could have had their shares redeemed at the time
     of the Business  Combination.  The Company has classified the value of this
     redemption as common stock, subject to possible redemption,  on its balance
     sheet at  December  31,  1994  prior  to the  consumation  of the  Business
     Combination.  Such Public  Shareholders  were entitled to receive their per
     share interest in the Trust Fund computed  without regard to shares held by
     Initial Shareholders.  On August 21, 1995, in connection with the Company's
     acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design, the Company reclassified the common
     stock subject to possible  redemption  to common stock.  No shares of stock
     were redeemed as discussed above.

     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation had provided for mandatory
     liquidation of the Company, without stockholder approval, in the event that
     the Company did not consummate a Business Combination.

     Warrants

     In June 1993, 300,000 Warrants were issued to various individuals in
     consideration for providing the Company bridge financing until its offering
     in October 1993. As referred to above, the Company issued 3,100,000
     Warrants to purchase its common stock in connection with the Offering.

     Warrants to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock were issued to Geotek
     in August 1995 in connection with the acquisition of Bogen and Speech
     Design. Another 60,000 Warrants were issued as consideration for providing
     certain financings and services provided to the Company to facilitate the
     Business Combination. At December 31, 1995, 3,660,000 Warrants were
     outstanding.



                                     F - 81
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     Options

     Three members of the Company's Board of Directors have been granted an
     option by the previous members of the Board of Directors to purchase from
     such persons, for nominal consideration, 337,500 of the 375,000 shares of
     the Company's common stock currently held by such persons.

     In 1994, Bogen adopted an Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). Under
     the Plan, an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares may be issued to members of its
     Board of Directors, designated officers and employees and independent
     contractors or consultants who perform services for the Company. No option
     granted under the Plan is intended to be an incentive stock option within
     the meaning of section 442A(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for
     income tax purposes. During 1994, 1,400,000 options were granted under this
     Plan at a price of $1.14 per share which approximates fair value. These
     options vest over a five (5) year period. During 1994, there were no
     options exercised or exercisable. During 1995, 325,000 options were
     granted, and 605,000 options were cancelled due to executives leaving the
     Company. At December 31, 1995, 180,000 options were exercisable.

     Prior to January 1, 1994, Bogen maintained a stock option plan which
     provided for the grant of up to 500,000 incentive and/or non-qualified
     stock options to officers and key employees. No options were granted
     pursuant to this plan in 1993.

     Push-Down of Goodwill

     Pursuant to Accounting Principles Board No. 16 "Business Combinations"
     ("APB 16"), the accumulated deficit of Bogen was required to be restated on
     the date of applying push-down accounting (see Note 2G, Goodwill). The
     restated accumulated deficit includes Geotek's recorded equity in the
     income and losses of Bogen since its original acquisition and all goodwill
     amortization recorded by Geotek relating to the acquisition of Bogen.
     Therefore, a reclassification of $8,524 was made from accumulated deficit
     to additional paid-in capital in January 1994.

     Preferred Stock

     The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with
     such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be
     determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

     Common Stock

     At December 31, 1995 and 1994, 3,700,000 shares of common stock were
     reserved for issuance upon exercise of redeemable warrants.

10.  Related Party Transactions

     The Company has issued 132,431 shares of its common stock for services
     received in connection with the acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design. Of
     these shares 19,565 were issued to a member of the Board of Directors of
     Geotek.


                                     F - 82
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     During 1995, in conjuction with the acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design
     (see Note 1D above) Geotek forgave $7,155 in long-term debt due Geotek
     which was recorded as an increase in additional paid-in capital. As part
     of this acquisition, the Company issued $3,000 in convertible promissory
     notes to Geotek.


11.  Economic Dependency

     During the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company
     purchased audio components of approximately $8,853, $14,016 and $7,460,
     respectively, from three suppliers located in the Republic of South Korea.
     Any future inability of any of these suppliers to provide the Company with
     a sufficient level of components may have a negative impact on the
     Company's operations.

     Sales to one customer approximated $4,400 and accounted for more than 10%
     of the Company's net sales in 1995. Sales to a different customer
     approximated $7,100 and accounted for more than 10% of the Company's net
     sales in 1994.

     Twenty-two of Bogen's employees are subject to collective bargaining
     agreements which expire in mid-1997.


12.  Employee Benefit Plans

     Bogen participates in multi-employer pension plans which cover all union
     employees. Contributions for the periods ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
     1993 were approximately $15, $18 and $19, respectively.

     Employees of the Company are also eligible to participate in a defined
     contribution 401(K) plan sponsored by Geotek. The Company provides a
     matching contribution to a portion of funds contributed by employees that
     amounted to $82, $108, and $73 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994,
     and 1993, respectively.

13.  Segments

     The Company's operations are conducted in one segment engaged in the
     development, manufacturing and marketing of communication products, such as
     telephone products, commercial audio, paging equipment, and small office
     home office products in the United States (Bogen) and Germany (Speech
     Design). Information about the Company for 1995, 1994, and 1993 has been
     presented geographically as follows:

                                            1995         1994         1993
                                          -------      -------      -------
     Geographic Segments:
              Revenues:
              United States               $30,677      $37,745      $26,292
              Foreign                      13,841        8,177        3,780
                                          -------      -------      -------
                                          $44,518      $45,922      $30,072
                                          -------      -------      -------


                                     F - 83
<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

          Operating income (loss):
              United States                $ (2,405)   $    (18)   $    656
              Foreign                         1,768       1,223         113

     Income (loss) from operations         $   (637)   $  1,205    $    769
                                           --------    --------    --------

     Identifiable assets:
              United States                $ 24,425    $ 27,467    $ 12,263
              Foreign                         6,879       5,399       2,157
                                           --------    --------    --------
                                           $ 31,304    $ 32,866    $ 14,420
                                           --------    --------    --------

14.  Phase-out of OAS Product Line

     In December 1995, the Company's management made a decision to phase-out the
     OAS product line. This decision was made as a result of intense competitive
     pressure from competing companies. The Company expects to sell all
     remaining OAS inventory and complete the phase-out by the middle of 1996,
     with no material exit costs anticipated. The results of the OAS product
     line for the past three years are as follows:



                                          Selected Financial Information
                                         For The Years Ended December 31,

                                          1995          1994         1993
                                        -------       -------      -------

     Net Sales                          $ 4,444       $12,252      $ 2,899

     Cost of Goods Sold                   4,932         9,431        1,765
                                        -------       -------      -------

     Gross Profit (Deficit)                (488)        2,821        1,134

     Engineering, Selling &
     Marketing Expenses                   4,026         3,773        1,849
                                        -------       -------      -------

     Operating loss                     $(4,514)      $ ( 952)     $  (715)
                                        -------       -------      -------

15.  Fourth Quarter Adjustments

     Certain adjustments and provisions amounting to $1,500, primarily related
     to inventory valuation for the OAS product line, were recorded in the
     fourth quarter of 1995.


                                     F - 84


                                                                      EXHIBIT 12



               COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES


Earnings include income before income taxes plus fixed charges less capitalized
interest. Fixed charges include interest and one-third of rent expense
(representing the estimated interest component of operating leases). The dollar
amount of the deficiency in earnings to fixed charges was $52.1 million, $43.6
million and $89.1 million for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively.




                                                                      Exhibit 21

                          WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF
                           GEOTEK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


  Geotek Communications, Inc.                  PowerSpectrum, Inc.              
  ---------------------------                  -------------------              
Cumulous Holding Corp., Inc.                                                    
(Holds all interest in Cumulous            PowerSpectrum of D.C., Inc.          
Communications)                            PowerSpectrum of Seattle, Inc.       
Geotek Acquisition Corp. (Shell Company)   PowerSpectrum of Miami, Inc.         
Geotek Beteiligungs GmbH i.G. (a           PowerSpectrum of Indianapolis, Inc.  
wholly owned subsidiary of Geotek          PowerSpectrum of Atlanta, Inc.       
Communications GmbH)                       PowerSpectrum of Jacksonville, Inc.  
Geotek Communications GmbH i.G.            PowerSpectrum of Kansas City, Inc.   
(Geotek Beteiligungs & Geotek Comm.        PowerSpectrum of Philadelphia, Inc.  
are holding companies for interest in      PowerSpectrum of New Orleans, Inc.   
Preussag and DBF Bundelfunk)               PowerSpectrum of Phoenix, Inc.       
Metro Net Systems, Inc. (Operations of     PowerSpectrum of Minneapolis, Inc.   
SMR Systems in NY Metro area)              PowerSpectrum of Denver, Inc.        
National Band Three Limited (UK SMR        PowerSpectrum of Memphis, Inc.       
Provider)                                  PowerSpectrum of Tampa, Inc.         
PowerSpectrum Inc. (Holds all interest     PowerSpectrum of Rochester, Inc.     
in the license holding subsidiaries)       PowerSpectrum of Buffalo, Inc.       
USI Venture Corp. (Shell Company)          PowerSpectrum of Nashville, Inc.     
Geotek Asia, Inc.                          PowerSpectrum of Orlando, Inc.       
ANSA Communications                        PowerSpectrum of Boston, Inc.        
Bogen Communications International Inc.    PowerSpectrum of Hartford, Inc.      
Bogen Corporation                          PowerSpectrum of Salt Lake City, Inc.
Bogen Communications, Inc.                 PowerSpectrum of Dallas, Inc.        
CLW Communications, Inc.                   PowerSpectrum of New York City, Inc. 
DBF Bundelfunk GmbH                        PowerSpectrum of Chicago, Inc.       
GMSI, Inc.                                 PowerSpectrum of Cincinnati, Inc.    
Geotest, Inc.                              PowerSpectrum Microwave              
MIS Holdings Ltd.                                                               
Mobile Information Systems Ltd.            (All PowerSpectrum of (city) hold FCC
Mobile Message Service of Texas, Inc.      Licenses)                            
Oak Hill Communications, Inc.                                                   
PowerSpectrum Technology Ltd.              
Protocall Ventures

<PAGE>

Satelco AG
Speech Design
Geotek License Holdings, Inc.
Geotek Financing Corporation
Geotek of America, Inc.
Geotek USA, Inc.
Gelico, Inc.
Gelico of Chicago, Inc.
Geotek of Atlanta, Inc.
Geotek of Boston, Inc.
Geotek of Chicago, Inc.
Geotek of D.C., Inc.
Geotek of Dallas, Inc.
Geotek of Houston, Inc.
Geotek of Miami, Inc.
Geotek of New York, Inc.
Geotek of Orlando, Inc.
Geotek of Philadelphia, Inc.
Geotek of Tampa, Inc.


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1




                    [LETTERHEAD OF COOPERS & LYBRAND, L.L.P.]

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the registration  statements of
Geotek  Communications,  Inc.  on Form S-3 (Nos.  33-5508,  33-49548,  33-57530,
33-61034,   33-72820,  33-78540,  33-85296,  33-62073,  33-62327,  33-64117  and
33-64533),  on Form S-4 (No. 33-62333) and Form S-8 (No. 33-67144) of our report
dated March 26, 1996, on our audits of the consolidated financial statements and
consolidated  financial  statement schedule of Geotek  Communications,  Inc. and
Subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1994 and 1993,  which report is included in this Annual Report on Form
10-K.


                                                   COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P



New York, New York
March 27, 1996

<PAGE>

                    [LETTERHEAD OF COOPERS & LYBRAND, L.L.P.]

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statements of
Geotek  Communications,  Inc.  on Form S-3 (Nos.  33-5508,  33-49548,  33-57530,
33-61034,   33-72820,  33-78540,  33-85296,  33-62073,  33-62327,  33-64117  and
33-64533),  Form S-4 (No.  33-62333)  and Form S-8 (No.  33-67144) of our report
dated March 21, 1996, on our audits of the consolidated  financial statements of
Bogen Communications International,  Inc. (formerly European Gateway Acquisition
Corp.) as of  December  31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1995,  which is included in this Annual Report on Form
10-K.

                                                   COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.



New York, New York
March 27, 1996


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2


                          [LETTERHEAD OF SHACHAK & CO.]

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


As independent  public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the  incorporation by
reference in the Registration Statements of Geotek Communications,  Inc. on Form
S-3 (Nos. 33-5508, 33-49548,  33-57530,  33-61034, 33-72820, 33-78540, 33-85296,
33-62073, 33-62327, 33-64117 and 33-64533), Form S-4 (No. 33-62333) and Form S-8
(No.  33-67144)  of our  report  dated  March  26,  1996,  on our  audits of the
financial  statements of  PowerSpectrum  Technology Ltd. as of December 31, 1995
and 1994,  and for the years  ended  December  31, 1995 and 1994 and the fifteen
months period ended  December 31, 1993,  which report is included in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.




/S/ SHACHAK PEER REZNICK & CO
Shachak Peer Reznick & Co.
Certified Public Accountants (Isr.)



March 27, 1996
Tel Aviv, Israel


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3



                        [LETTERHEAD OF COOPERS & LYBRAND]

The Directors
Geotek Communications Inc.
20 Craig Road
Montvale
NJ 07645
USA                                                                


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statements of
Geotek  Communications  Inc. on Form S-3 (numbers 33-5508,  33-49548,  33-57530,
33-61034,   33-72820,  33-78540,  33-85296,  33-62073,  33-62327,  33-64117  and
33-64533)  Form S-4  (number  33-62333)  and Form S-8 (number  33-67144)  of our
report  dated 27 March  1996,  on our  audits  of the  financial  statements  of
National Band Three  Limited as of 31 December 1995 and 1994,  and for the years
ended 31 December 1995 and 1994,  which report is included in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.


                                                      COOPERS & LYBRAND


London, United Kingdom
27 March 1996


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                              61,428
<SECURITIES>                                         7,945
<RECEIVABLES>                                       15,695
<ALLOWANCES>                                        (1,487)
<INVENTORY>                                         10,483
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                   147,976
<PP&E>                                              98,583
<DEPRECIATION>                                     (32,473)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                     292,564
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                               78,815
<BONDS>                                             95,875
<COMMON>                                               553
                               40,000
                                             11
<OTHER-SE>                                          75,698
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                       292,564
<SALES>                                             80,279
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                    80,279
<CGS>                                               52,771
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                      103,488
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                    (2,597)
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  16,714
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    (84,977)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         2,222
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                (87,199)
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                       (87,199)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        (1.75)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        (1.75)
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission